Rohde & Schwarz MXO 4 Series User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. MXO 4 Series
  6. User manual

Rohde & Schwarz MXO 4 Series User Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for MXO 4 Series:
1
2
Table Of Contents
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

MXO 4 Series
Oscilloscope
User Manual
(=SÃU2)
1335533702
Version 07

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the MXO 4 Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz MXO 4 Series

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz MXO 4 Series

  • Page 1 MXO 4 Series Oscilloscope User Manual (=SÃU2) 1335533702 Version 07...
  • Page 2 This manual describes the following MXO 4 series models with firmware version 2.1.x.x: ● MXO 4 (1335.5050K04) © 2024 Rohde & Schwarz Muehldorfstr. 15, 81671 Muenchen, Germany Phone: +49 89 41 29 - 0 Email: info@rohde-schwarz.com Internet: www.rohde-schwarz.com Subject to change – data without tolerance limits is not binding.

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    MXO 4 Series Contents Contents 1 Safety and regulatory information............17 Safety instructions......................17 Labels on the product....................22 Warning messages in the documentation..............23 Where to find key documents on Rohde & Schwarz..........23 Korea certification class A..................24 2 Preface....................25 Key features.........................25...
  • Page 4 MXO 4 Series Contents 3.2.5 Checking the functionality..................... 47 4 Operating the instrument..............49 Means of manual interaction..................49 Touchscreen display....................50 4.2.1 Information on the display..................... 50 4.2.2 Control elements on the GUI..................53 Applications.........................55 Working with waveforms.................... 56 Rohde & Schwarz SmartGrid..................58 Toolbar.........................
  • Page 5 MXO 4 Series Contents 5.3.2 Grid..........................85 5.3.3 Dialogs.......................... 87 5.3.4 Peak list.........................88 5.3.5 Miscellaneous....................... 89 Display settings......................89 5.4.1 Persistence settings...................... 89 5.4.2 Signal settings.......................90 5.4.3 Backlight settings......................91 Front panel settings....................92 5.5.1 Hardkeys: function assignment..................92 5.5.2 Knobs..........................93 5.5.3...
  • Page 6 MXO 4 Series Contents 6.2.1 About the acquisition system..................110 6.2.2 Acquisition Setup settings....................111 6.2.3 Segmentation settings....................115 6.2.4 High definition mode....................116 6.2.5 History settings......................117 6.2.6 Speed.......................... 118 Vertical setup......................118 6.3.1 About the vertical system.................... 119 6.3.2 Vertical Setup settings....................119 6.3.3...
  • Page 7 MXO 4 Series Contents 7.4.8 Interval trigger......................157 7.4.9 Slew rate trigger......................159 7.4.10 Setup & Hold....................... 161 7.4.11 State trigger.........................163 7.4.12 Pattern trigger......................164 7.4.13 Line trigger........................169 Trigger mode / holdoff....................169 Hysteresis........................171 Channel filter......................173 Actions on trigger..................... 174 8 Waveform analysis................177...
  • Page 8 MXO 4 Series Contents Automatic measurements..................217 9.2.1 Measurement results....................220 9.2.2 Gate settings for measurements................. 221 9.2.3 Reference level......................223 9.2.4 Measurement types.....................226 9.2.5 Settings for measurements..................230 9.2.6 Statistics........................236 9.2.7 Track........................... 237 10 Spectrum analysis................243 10.1 Fundamentals of spectrum analysis............... 243 10.2...
  • Page 9 MXO 4 Series Contents 12.1 Save and recall user settings...................293 12.1.1 Using savesets......................294 12.1.2 Waveform generator saveset..................295 12.2 Save and recall waveform data................297 12.2.1 Waveform settings.......................297 12.2.2 Saving waveforms.......................299 12.2.3 Waveform export files....................301 12.3 Saving results......................305 12.4 Screenshots.......................307 12.4.1 Screenshot settings.....................307...
  • Page 10 MXO 4 Series Contents 13.3.4 I²C trigger settings.......................344 13.3.5 I²C decode results....................... 348 13.3.6 Performing I2C decoding.................... 350 13.4 UART (option R&S MXO4-K510)................354 13.4.1 About the UART / RS-232 interface................354 13.4.2 UART configuration..................... 355 13.4.3 UART filter........................359 13.4.4 UART trigger.......................
  • Page 11 MXO 4 Series Contents 14.1 Logic configuration....................422 14.1.1 Setup...........................422 14.1.2 Bus..........................425 14.1.3 Label settings......................426 14.1.4 Skew settings......................427 14.2 Display........................428 14.2.1 Logic bus - decode table..................... 429 15 Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6)........430 15.1 Setup of the waveform generator................430 15.1.1...
  • Page 12 MXO 4 Series Contents 16.5.2 Structure of a SCPI status register................464 16.5.3 Contents of the status registers.................. 465 16.5.4 Error queue......................... 470 16.5.5 Reset values of the status reporting system............... 470 17 Remote control commands...............472 17.1 Conventions used in remote command description..........472 17.2...
  • Page 13 MXO 4 Series Contents 17.8.9 High definition mode....................538 17.8.10 Reference clock......................539 17.9 Trigger........................540 17.9.1 Common trigger settings..................... 540 17.9.2 Trigger sequence......................542 17.9.3 Edge trigger.........................544 17.9.4 Glitch trigger........................546 17.9.5 Width trigger........................548 17.9.6 Runt trigger......................... 549 17.9.7 Window trigger......................552 17.9.8...
  • Page 14 MXO 4 Series Contents 17.12.1 General settings......................613 17.12.2 Measurement-specific settings..................616 17.12.3 Results........................619 17.12.4 Statistics........................622 17.12.5 Gate..........................624 17.12.6 Reference levels......................627 17.12.7 Tracks..........................631 17.13 Cursor measurements....................633 17.13.1 Cursor setup........................634 17.13.2 Cursor results......................641 17.13.3 Peak search using cursors..................643 17.13.4...
  • Page 15 MXO 4 Series Contents 17.17.3 MSO data........................854 17.18 Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6)............857 17.18.1 Waveform generator setup..................857 17.18.2 Synchronize settings....................874 17.19 Status reporting......................876 17.19.1 General commands.....................876 17.19.2 STATus:OPERation register..................877 17.19.3 STATus:QUEStionable registers................. 878 17.19.4 Reading out the CONDition part................. 879 17.19.5...
  • Page 16 MXO 4 Series Contents User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 17: Safety And Regulatory Information

    MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Safety instructions 1 Safety and regulatory information The product documentation helps you to use the product safely and efficiently. Where do I find safety information? Safety information is part of the product documentation. It warns you of potential dan- gers and gives instructions on how to prevent personal injury or damage caused by dangerous situations.
  • Page 18 MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Safety instructions Reconfigure or adjust the product only as described in the product documentation or the specifications document. Any other modifications can affect safety and are not per- mitted. Never open the casing of the product. Only service personnel authorized by Rohde &...
  • Page 19 MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Safety instructions If you mount products in a rack, ensure that the rack has sufficient load capacity and stability. Observe the specifications of the rack manufacturer. Always install the prod- ucts from the bottom shelf to the top shelf so that the rack stands securely. Secure the product so that it cannot fall off the rack.
  • Page 20 MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Safety instructions Performing measurements Take the following measures for your safety: ● To ascertain a voltage-free state, use an appropriate voltage tester. Any measure- ment setup including an oscilloscope is not suitable for this purpose.
  • Page 21 MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Safety instructions The delivered input leads might have a jacket wear indicator that indicates a worn jacket by different jacket color. In this case, do not use the input lead. Replace it with a new one.

  • Page 22: Labels On The Product

    MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Labels on the product Cleaning the product Use a dry, lint-free cloth to clean the product. When cleaning, keep in mind that the casing is not waterproof. Do not use liquid cleaning agents.

  • Page 23: Warning Messages In The Documentation

    MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Where to find key documents on Rohde & Schwarz Table 1-1: Labels regarding product and environment safety Chassis grounding terminal Take care when handling electrostatic sensitive devices. Labeling in line with EN 50419 for disposal of electrical and electronic equipment after the prod- uct has come to the end of its life.

  • Page 24: Korea Certification Class A

    MXO 4 Series Safety and regulatory information Korea certification class A 1.5 Korea certification class A 이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파 적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며, 가정외의 지역에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 25: Preface

    Preface Documentation overview 2 Preface 2.1 Key features The MXO 4 series oscilloscope is the first of a new generation of oscilloscopes with next generation technology. Using the MXO 4, you can: ● Acquire, process and display signals with unrivaled speed.

  • Page 26: Manuals And Instrument Help

    MXO 4 Series Preface Documentation overview 2.2.1 Manuals and instrument help You find the manuals on the product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/mxo4 Getting started manual Introduces the MXO 4 and describes how to set up the product. A printed English ver- sion is included in the delivery.

  • Page 27: Calibration Certificate

    MXO 4 Series Preface Options described in this document 2.2.3 Calibration certificate The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel. 2.2.4 Release notes, open source acknowledgment The release notes list new features, improvements and known issues of the current firmware version, and describe the firmware installation.

  • Page 28: Getting Started

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use 3 Getting Started 3.1 Preparing for use Here, you can find basic information about setting up the instrument for the first time or when changing the operating site. 3.1.1 Lifting and carrying See: "Lifting and carrying the instrument"...

  • Page 29: Setting Up The Product

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use If class A equipment causes radio disturbances, take appropriate measures to eliminate them. 3.1.4 Setting up the product When setting up the instrument, follow the safety instructions: ● "Setting up the product"...

  • Page 30: Considerations For Test Setup

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use 3.1.4.2 Mounting the product on a monitor arm You can mount the oscilloscope to a monitor arm with VESA mount. ► NOTICE! Only use a VESA mount compatible with standard 100 mm × 100 mm pattern.

  • Page 31: Connecting To Power

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use Cable selection and electromagnetic interference (EMI) Electromagnetic interference (EMI) can affect the measurement results. To suppress electromagnetic radiation during operation: ● Use high-quality shielded cables, for example, double-shielded RF and LAN cables.

  • Page 32: Connecting External Devices

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use ● Ensure that the network settings comply with the security policies of your company. Contact your local system administrator or IT department before connecting your product to your company LAN. ● When connected to the LAN, the product may potentially be accessed from the internet, which may be a security risk.

  • Page 33: Switching On Or Off

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Preparing for use If the monitor provides touch functionality, an additional connection can be required, e.g. a USB connection. Refer to the documentation of your monitor. The oscilloscope outputs a Full HD image with 1920x1080 pixel. The instrument's dis- play is duplicated.

  • Page 34: Instrument Tour

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour To disconnect from power The product is in the standby state. 1. NOTICE! Risk of data loss. If you disconnect the product from power when it is in the ready state, you can lose settings and data. Shut it down first.
  • Page 35 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour Figure 3-1: Front panel of MXO 4 1 = Display 2 = Keys and controls 3 = BNC connector for external trigger input 4 = Analog input channels 5 = Connectors for probe compensation...
  • Page 36 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour The maximum input voltage on channel inputs is: ● 400 V (V ) and 300 V (RMS) at 1 MΩ input impedance ● ) and 5 V (RMS) at 50 Ω input impedance...

  • Page 37: Side View

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour 3.2.2 Side view Figure 3-2: Side view of MXO 4 1 = Grounding terminal Grounding terminal 4 mm banana jack to connect ground of DUT and test fixtures, and wrist strap. 3.2.3 Rear view On the rear panel of the MXO 4, you find more connectors and the power supply switch.
  • Page 38 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour Figure 3-3: Rear panel view of MXO 4 1 = Trigger Out connector 2 = Ref. In 10MHz 3 = Ref. Out 4 = LAN connector 5 = HDMI display output 6 = USB B connector, type B...

  • Page 39: Keys And Controls

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour See also: "Menu" > "Horizontal" > "Setup" tab > "Ref Clock" 8-pin connector RJ-45 used to connect the instrument to a Local Area Network (LAN). It supports up to 1 Gbit/s. HDMI HDMI Version 2.0 connector for an external monitor or projector. The monitor shows the complete content of the instrument's screen.
  • Page 40 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour [Level] The rotary knob sets the trigger level for all trigger types that require one level. For trig- ger types with two levels, the knob sets the lower level. Turn clockwise to move up the trigger level.
  • Page 41 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour Remote command: on page 542 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce [Slope] Toggles the trigger slope or trigger polarity, dependent on the trigger type. The current setting is shown on the trigger label. [Zone] For future use. 3.2.4.3 Horizontal controls The rotary knobs in the Horizontal functional block adjust the horizontal parameters.
  • Page 42 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour [Zoom] Activates a zoom and supports the zoom setup. If no zoom is on, the first press opens a zoom diagram for the active diagram. If at least one zoom is shown, the keypress opens the "Zoom" dialog. If only one zoom is defined, the next press closes the dialog and removes the zoom.
  • Page 43 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour [Position] The vertical [Position] knob changes the vertical offset or the position of the selected waveform. The horizontal axis and the selected waveform are moved vertically. You can select whether the knob changes the offset or the position in the "Menu" > "Set- tings"...
  • Page 44 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour If a reference waveform is selected, the vertical rotary knobs are illuminated in white or light gray (default colors), depending on the selected waveform. [Math] Opens the "Math" dialog, where you can configure the calculation of mathematical waveforms using various mathematic operations on other waveforms.
  • Page 45 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour 3.2.4.6 Analysis keys The controls in the bottom functional block have various functions. [Multiuse] The multiuse knob changes the element that is in focus. It lights up when a function is active on the knob.
  • Page 46 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour [Measure] Opens the "Measurement" dialog, where you can set up various measurements. If the dialog is open, pressing the key closes the dialog. [History] Activates the history and opens the history player. The next keypress closes the player.

  • Page 47: Checking The Functionality

    MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour 3.2.5 Checking the functionality To check if the instrument works correctly, you can use the probe compensation signal and check the displayed signal. 1. Perform a self-alignment of the instrument: a) Warm up the instrument. The minimum warm-up time is indicated in the specifi- cations document.
  • Page 48 MXO 4 Series Getting Started Instrument tour 9. Turn the [Level] knob to set the trigger level to 300 mV. 10. Check the rectangle signal on the screen. The displayed signal should have an amplitude of about 3.3 V, which covers 5.5 divisions.

  • Page 49: Operating The Instrument

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Means of manual interaction 4 Operating the instrument There are three ways to operate the MXO 4. Manual operation Use the touchscreen, keys and rotary knobs, or an optional mouse and/or keyboard. The principles of manual operation are explained in this section.

  • Page 50: Touchscreen Display

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Touchscreen display 4.2 Touchscreen display 4.2.1 Information on the display The GUI of the instrument shows the waveforms and measurement results, and also information and everything that you need to control the instrument. All waveform-rela-...
  • Page 51 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Touchscreen display Diagram A diagram shows one or more waveforms: analog and digital channels, reference and math waveforms, track, and serial buses. Zoom details, spectrum and other special waveforms are shown in separate diagrams. One diagram can hold up to 16 analog waveforms, i.e.
  • Page 52 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Touchscreen display Horizontal The "Horizontal" label shows the main timebase settings. If you tap the label, the corre- sponding dialog box opens. Figure 4-3: Horizontal label 1 = Time scale 2 = Horizontal position Acquisition The "Acquisition"...

  • Page 53: Control Elements On The Gui

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Touchscreen display Figure 4-5: Signal label 1 = Vertical scale 2 = Offset 3 = Bandwidth 4 = Coupling and termination If many waveforms are active, then waveforms of the same type are grouped in one signal icon.
  • Page 54 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Touchscreen display Toolbar (1) The icons on the toolbar provide quick and easy access to the most important function- ality. For a detailed description, refer to Chapter 4.6, "Toolbar", on page 60. If you adjust the settings of an analyzing function, e.g., cursor measurement, the over- lay menu is shown instead of the icons.

  • Page 55: Applications

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Applications 4.3 Applications The "Apps" dialog provides fast access to all available applications, for example, to serial protocols, frequency response analysis or file browser. ► To open the "Apps" dialog: ● Open "Menu" > "Apps".

  • Page 56: Working With Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Working with waveforms 4.4 Working with waveforms The MXO 4 can create and display many waveform types. The most important are: ● Channel waveforms: For each input channel, one channel waveform is shown. ●...
  • Page 57 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Working with waveforms Waveform states Depending on its place on the screen and the effect of settings, a waveform has one of the following states: ● ● Active: The waveform is shown in a diagram ●...

  • Page 58: Rohde & Schwarz Smartgrid

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Rohde & Schwarz SmartGrid To switch off a waveform ► Do one of the following: ● Tap the "Delete" icon in the toolbar, and then signal icon of the waveform. You can also tap the waveform directly. If several waveforms overlap or lie close together, a selection list is shown.
  • Page 59 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Rohde & Schwarz SmartGrid 1 = Tab 1 (layout 1, blue underline indicates that the set is currently displayed) 2 = Tab 2 (layout 2) 3 = Tap to remove a layout 4 = Tap to add a layout You can add up to four layouts at the upper left corner of the screen: 1.

  • Page 60: Toolbar

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Toolbar 4.6 Toolbar The toolbar provides direct access to important control and measurement functions. By default, the toolbar shows the most frequently used functions. You can configure the content of the toolbar, see Chapter 4.6.2, "Configuring the toolbar",...

  • Page 61: Toolbar Functions

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Toolbar 4. To get the factory configuration of the toolbar, select "Restore default". A detailed description of the toolbar functions is given in Chapter 4.6.3, "Toolbar func- tions", on page 61. Remote commands: ●...
  • Page 62 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Toolbar Help Enables the context help display. The help window opens when you tap a parameter. See also: "To display the context help" on page 72. Recall Opens a window to select and load instrument settings that were previously stored in a saveset.

  • Page 63: Using The Selection Menu

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Using the selection menu Add cursor Adds a cursor set. Select the cursor type and the source to be measured. See also: Chapter 9.1, "Cursor measurements", on page 207. Measure Adds one or more measurements to the waveform.
  • Page 64 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Using the selection menu 2. Select the comb of the needed object, or object group. 3. If you have selected an object, the object gets the focus. Change its position directly on the screen or with the [Multiuse] knob, or perform other actions depend- ing on the selected object.

  • Page 65: Using Dialog Boxes

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Entering data 4.8 Using dialog boxes All functionality is provided in dialog boxes as known from computer programs. You can control the instrument intuitively with the touchscreen. This section provides an overview of the accessing methods and describes how to use the dialog boxes.
  • Page 66 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Entering data ● [Position]: to set to zero. ● [Level]: to set the trigger level to 50% of the signal. To enter values with the on-screen keypad For data input in dialog boxes, the touchscreen provides an on-screen keypad to enter numeric values and units.
  • Page 67 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Entering data 3. To activate caps lock when you enter a text value, double-tap the shift key (up arrow key). 4. Tap to complete the entry. To enable the on-screen keyboard 1. Tap "Menu".

  • Page 68: Displaying Results

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Displaying results 2. Enter the text as you would on a normal keyboard. ● To change the language, tap . The current language is shown on the blank key. ● To display numbers and signs, tap 3.

  • Page 69: Adding Annotations

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Adding annotations To adjust the font size of results 1. Open the "Menu" > "Settings" > "Appearance" dialog. 2. Select the "Dialogs" tab. 3. Set the "Result dialog" > "Font size". 4.11 Adding annotations The MXO 4 provides an easy way to add annotations to the screen.

  • Page 70: Information And Notifications

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Information and notifications 4. To move one of the annotations, tap on it and drag it to the required position. To remove an annotation 1. In the "Annotate" overlay menu, tap on "Remove". 2. Tap on any existing "Arrow", "Rectangle" or "Text" annotation to remove it.
  • Page 71 MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Information and notifications ► To hide the date and time or change the display format, select the date/time dis- play. Notifications Notifications are status messages, information on mismatching settings and similar information. They are displayed for a few seconds and saved.

  • Page 72: Getting User Assistance

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Getting user assistance Progress information If an acquisition, operation or process takes more time until results are displayed, a progress bar or symbol indicates that a process is running. The progress of saving operations and update or creation of a reference waveform is shown in a progress bar.

  • Page 73: Using Help

    MXO 4 Series Operating the instrument Getting user assistance To open a dialog help 1. Open a dialog. 2. Tap the "Help" icon in the dialog header. 3. Tap a subtab or menu item. The help window opens with the dialog help page, where you can select the topics.

  • Page 74: Instrument Setup

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup 5 Instrument setup Access: "Menu" > "Settings". In the "Settings" dialog, you can adapt various instrument settings to your require- ments, such as language, display appearance, and assign functions to some keys. The following settings and procedures are described in the current section: ●...

  • Page 75: System Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup System settings 5.1 System settings In the "Settings" > "System" dialog box, you find all instrument, firmware and network- related information. Here you can also set the language that is used in the dialogs. 5.1.1 About settings Access: "Menu"...
  • Page 76 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup System settings Device name Indicates the currently defined host name. This value is required to configure the instrument for work in a network. You can change the host name here. After changing the host name, you have to reboot the instrument.

  • Page 77: Remote Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup System settings The LAN settings are configured in the "Advanced" dialog, or using the instrument's web browser (see Chapter 16.2, "Web interface", on page 453). Advanced Opens a dialog box to configure the network connection.

  • Page 78: Localization Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup System settings The following settings are required for remote control of the instrument via a connected computer. Transfer data format Selects the data format that is used for transmission of waveform data from the instru- ment to the controlling computer.

  • Page 79: Date And Time Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup System settings Language Selects the language in which the dialog boxes, result boxes and other screen informa- tion is displayed. You can change the instrument language while the instrument is run- ning. Available languages are, for example, English, German, French, Japanese. For a com- plete list of supported languages, refer to the specifications document.

  • Page 80: Option Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Option settings The instrument uses the system time of the operating system, but you can change date and time for the MXO 4 firmware. 1. To change the date: a) Tap the date button. b) Select the date in the calendar.
  • Page 81 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Option settings In this dialog, you can access settings for installing and deactivating options. In the "Detailed Info" dialog, you can get an overview of all options installed on your MXO 4. 5.2.1.1 Install options Access: "Settings"...
  • Page 82 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Option settings In the "Install" tab, you can install new options using license keys. Enter new option key Enter the license key here to activate the option. For license keys delivered as a file, "Install from file"...

  • Page 83: Appearance Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings 5.3 Appearance settings In the "Settings" > "Appearance" dialog box, you define the look and feel of the display element, e.g. waveform colors, result position, or grid behavior. Appearance settings are not included in user-defined presets. To reset all appearance settings at once, user the factory preset.
  • Page 84 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings By default, various colors are assigned to the different waveform types for better visibil- ity and distinguishability. You can change the color assignment and select another color or a color table to waveforms.

  • Page 85: Grid

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings Color Shows the current color of the selected waveform. To change the color, tap the button to open the "Color" dialog. In the dialog, you can pick from a list of basic colors, or define a color with the color picker.
  • Page 86 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings Show grid If selected, a grid is displayed in the diagram area. A grid helps you associate a spe- cific data point to its exact value on the x- or y-axis. Remote command:...

  • Page 87: Dialogs

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings Remote command: on page 495 DISPlay:DIAGram:CROSshair Keep X-grid fixed If enabled, the vertical grid lines remain in their position when the horizontal position is changed. Only the values at the grid lines are adapted.

  • Page 88: Peak List

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Appearance settings Remote command: on page 496 DISPlay:DIALog:FONTsize Transparency (Dialog) Sets the transparency of the dialog box background. For high transparency values, you can see the waveform display in the background, and possibly check the effect of the changed setting.

  • Page 89: Miscellaneous

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Display settings Remote command: on page 497 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:LABel:BORDer 5.3.5 Miscellaneous Access: "Settings" > "Appearance" > "Misc" Clock style Select how the clock in the upper right corner of the screen is displayed: ● "Show seconds": format is hh:mm:ss ●...

  • Page 90: Signal Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Display settings Enable If enabled, each new data point in the diagram area remains on the screen for the duration that is defined using Time, or as long as Infinite persistence is enabled. If disabled, the waveform points are displayed only for the current acquisition.

  • Page 91: Backlight Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Display settings Intensity The intensity determines the strength of the waveform line in the diagram. Enter a per- centage between 0 (not visible) and 100% (strong). The default value is 50%. You can also use the [Intensity] knob to adjust the waveform intensity directly.

  • Page 92: Front Panel Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Front panel settings Brightness Sets the background luminosity of the touchscreen. Remote command: on page 500 DISPlay:BACKlight[:BRIGtness] Dimm on user inactivity Selects a time, after which the monitor brightness is reduced, if the instrument was inactive.

  • Page 93: Knobs

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Front panel settings You can assign one of the following actions: ● Force trigger ● Save saveset ● Recall saveset For details of saveset configuration, see Chapter 12.1, "Save and recall user settings", on page 293.

  • Page 94: Preset Setup

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Preset setup 5.6 Preset setup The preset sets the instrument to a default configuration, or to a user-defined configu- ration. A user-defined preset file is one of the saveset files, which are stored on the instrument.

  • Page 95: Factory Preset

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Preset setup Saveset to be loaded on preset Select the saveset file that contains the required settings. If "Enable user-defined pre- set" is enabled, this saveset is loaded when you press the [Preset] key. "Preset file Enter the filename of the preset file.

  • Page 96: Restoring Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Preset setup For more information, refer also to "MXO 4 Instrument Security Procedures". It is avail- able for download on the Rohde & Schwarz webpage. 5.6.4 Restoring settings When you have changed many settings on the instrument, and you are not sure which settings are causing which effect, you can restore the default settings and start anew.

  • Page 97: Maintenance Settings

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Maintenance settings As long as no user-defined preset file is loaded and "Enable user-defined preset" is disabled, the [Preset] key also resets the instrument settings to factory defaults. 5.7 Maintenance settings In the "Settings" > "Maintenance" dialog box, you can update the firmware, perform self-alignment.
  • Page 98 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Maintenance settings Start alignment Starts the self-alignment procedure for all channels. Date, Time, Overall alignment state Show the date, time and the summary result of the self-alignment process: not aligned, passed or failed. Detailed results are provided on the "Alignment results" tab.
  • Page 99 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Maintenance settings 5.7.2.2 Performing a self-alignment The self-alignment aligns the data from several input channels vertically and horizon- tally to synchronize the timebases, amplitudes and positions. The self-alignment proc- ess includes a basic hardware check.

  • Page 100: Power Management

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Maintenance settings 5.7.3 Power management Access: "Menu" > "Settings" > "Maintenance" > "Power mgmt." Auto power up If enabled, the instrument powers up automatically when it is connected to the mains voltage. Remote command: on page 504 SYSTem:APUP 5.7.4 Service...

  • Page 101: Save / Recall

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Save / recall 5.8 Save / recall 5.8.1 Autonaming Access:"Menu" > "Settings" key > "Save/Recall" > "Autonaming" tab. 5.8.1.1 Autonaming settings In the "Autonaming" tab, you can define the pattern for automatic file name generation.
  • Page 102 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Save / recall File name If enabled, inserts the default file name. The file name indicates the type of data that is saved, for example, RefCurve, Settings. Remote command: on page 501 MMEMory:AUTonaming:PREFix Date/time If enabled, the current date and time are inserted in the filename pattern.

  • Page 103: Csv Export

    MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Save / recall To define the default file path 1. Tap "Menu" > "Settings". 2. Select the "Save/Recall" tab. 3. Select the "Autonaming" tab. 4. Double-tap the path button. The directory selection dialog box is opened.
  • Page 104 MXO 4 Series Instrument setup Save / recall Decimal symbol Selects if point or comma is used as a decimal symbol in the exported CSV file. CSV delimiter Selects the list separator symbol from a list. Available are semicolon, comma, space, tab and colon.

  • Page 105: Acquisition And Waveform Setup

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Horizontal setup 6 Acquisition and waveform setup 6.1 Horizontal setup The "Horizontal" dialog provides the time base configuration for channel and spectrum waveforms. 6.1.1 About the horizontal system Horizontal settings, also known as timebase settings, adjust the waveforms in horizon- tal direction.

  • Page 106: Horizontal Setup Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Horizontal setup The number of divisions is 10, which is the only constant parameter. 6.1.2 Horizontal Setup settings Access: "Menu" > "Horizontal" > "Setup" tab, or tap the "Horizontal" label above the diagram.

  • Page 107: Zoom Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Horizontal setup If you want to see a section of the waveform some time before or after the trigger, enter this time as horizontal position. The requested waveform section is shown around the reference point.
  • Page 108 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Horizontal setup Left = incomplete roll waveform Middle = roll completed with "Off screen capture" = Off Right = roll completed with "Off screen capture" = On Mode Selects, if the roll mode is set automatically by the instrument or if it is turned off.

  • Page 109: Reference Clock

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition If "Off screen capture" = On, all data is recorded, and the whole acquisition memory can be used. The defined record length and segmentation settings are ignored. The current number of recorded data points is shown in the progress bar when the bar is green, or returned by the remote command ACQuire:ROLLmode:POINts?.

  • Page 110: About The Acquisition System

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition 6.2.1 About the acquisition system Sampling and processing The A/D converter samples the continuous signal under test at specific points in time and captures digital values. The converter is working at a constant rate specified in GHz.

  • Page 111: Acquisition Setup Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition ger source, math source, or measurement source), the interleaving mode is disabled. Without interleaving, the channels work with 2.5 Gsample/s and reduced bandwidth. 6.2.2 Acquisition Setup settings Access: "Menu" > "Acquisition" > "Setup" tab.
  • Page 112 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition Figure 6-2: Acquisition settings: manual sample rate and record length Run/Stop Starts and stops the continuous acquisition. The [Run / Stop] key lights green when the acquisition is running. When the acquisition is stopped, the key lights red.
  • Page 113 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition The sample rate considers the samples of the ADC, and the processing of the cap- tured samples including interpolation. "Auto" Sample rate is determined automatically and changes due to instru- ment internal adjustments due to other setting changes. You can set a minimum sample rate with Min.
  • Page 114 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition ● It defines the number of waveforms used to calculate the average waveform. Thus, the instrument acquires sufficient waveforms to calculate the correct average if "Average" is enabled for waveform arithmetic. The higher the value is, the better the noise is reduced.

  • Page 115: Segmentation Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition Remote command: on page 516 ACQuire:AVERage? Interpolation Selects the interpolation method. If the defined sample rate ("Sample rate") is higher than the ADC sample rate, interpo- lation adds points between the captured samples of the waveform by various mathe- matic methods.

  • Page 116: High Definition Mode

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition Acquire maximum The setting takes effect for N-single acquisitions ([Single]). During continuous acquisi- tion ([Run / Stop]), the history is used completely. If "On", "Segments (N-Single)" is set to the maximum number of available segments, which is shown in "Max available".

  • Page 117: History Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Acquisition 6.2.4.1 High definition settings Access: [HD] High definition is a special acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. This mode has only one setting - the filter bandwidth. State Enables high definition mode, which increases the numeric resolution of the waveform signal.

  • Page 118: Speed

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup 6.2.6 Speed Access: "Menu" > "Acquisition" > "Speed" tab. The "Speed" dialog shows information on the current acquisition performance values of the MXO 4. You can see the number of "Acquisitions per second", "Average blind time" and the "Percentage of time captured".

  • Page 119: About The Vertical System

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup – Chapter 6.3.5, "Other vertical settings", on page 123 6.3.1 About the vertical system The controls and parameters of the vertical system are used to scale and position the waveform vertically.
  • Page 120 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup Show channel Switches the selected channel signal on or off. The signal icon opens on the signal bar. The waveform of the last acquisition is dis- played in the diagram. Remote command: on page 509 CHANnel<ch>:STATe...
  • Page 121 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup The current value is shown in the signal icon. Vertical scale directly affects the resolu- tion of the waveform amplitude. To get the best resolution of the ADC, set the wave- forms to cover most of the height of the diagram.

  • Page 122: Bandwidth Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup Connection with 50 Ω termination is used to connect, for example, active probes. Con- nection with 1 MΩ termination is used to connect standard passive probes. Remote command: on page 511 CHANnel<ch>:COUPling...

  • Page 123: Probe Settings

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup Bandwidth Sets the bandwidth limit. The specified bandwidth indicates the range of frequencies that the instrument can acquire and display accurately with less than 3 dB attenuation. Frequencies above the limit are removed from the signal, and noise is reduced.
  • Page 124 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Vertical setup External Attenuation: Scale, Attenuation Consider a voltage divider that is part of the DUT before the measuring point. The external attenuation is included in the measurement, and the instrument shows the results that would be measured before the divider.

  • Page 125: Probes

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes 6.4 Probes With MXO 4 oscilloscopes, you can use various probe types. Mostly these probes are passive and active voltage probes. The instrument can detect many probes and read out the probe-specific parameters, for example, bandwidth and attenuation.
  • Page 126 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes An external attenuation can be set on the "Other" tab, see Chapter 6.3.5, "Other verti- settings", on page 123. The common probe settings are: Predefined probe, name and type of the probe............126 Probe bandwidth......................
  • Page 127 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes on page 524 PROBe<ch>:SETup:STATe? on page 522 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:DEFProbe Probe bandwidth Shows the bandwidth of the connected probe. For probes that are not detected or pre- defined, set the bandwidth manually. Remote command: on page 523 PROBe<ch>:SETup:BANDwidth?

  • Page 128: Setup For Passive Probes

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes AutoZero, Use AutoZero Differences in DUT and oscilloscope ground levels can cause larger zero errors, which affect the waveform. If the DUT is ground-referenced, the AutoZero function corrects the zero error of the probe to optimize measurement results at small signal levels. The validation limit depends on the probe attenuation because probes with high attenuation often have to compensate high offsets.

  • Page 129: Setup For Active Voltage Probes

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes Figure 6-3: Passive probe R&S RT-ZP11, detected by the oscilloscope The settings for passive probes are common settings, which are available for all probe types. See Chapter 6.4.1, "Common probe settings", on page 125 for description of the settings.
  • Page 130 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes 6.4.3.1 Settings for the Rohde & Schwarz probe interface The Rohde & Schwarz probe interface provides special features: the micro button and the ProbeMeter. MicroButton The micro button is located on the probe head. Pressing this button, you initiate an action on the instrument directly from the probe.
  • Page 131 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes on page 529 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential? on page 529 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative? on page 530 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive? 6.4.3.2 Setup for R&S RT-ZD differential probes Figure 6-4: Probe setup for active differential probe R&S RT-ZD30 Most settings are common settings, which are available for all probe types. See Chap- ter 6.4.1, "Common probe...
  • Page 132 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes CM offset Sets the common-mode offset to compensate for a common DC voltage that is applied to both input sockets (referenced to the ground socket). The setting is available for Rohde & Schwarz differential probes and for modular probes in CM measurement mode.
  • Page 133 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes ‑ ZPR20 Figure 6-5: Probe setup for power rail probe R&S RT Most settings are common settings, which are available for all probe types. See Chap- ter 6.4.1, "Common probe settings", on page 125 for description of these settings.
  • Page 134 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes ProbeMeter to offset Sets the measured ProbeMeter value as offset. Thus, the value is considered in mea- surements. Remote command: on page 531 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset 6.4.3.4 Setup for R&S RT-ZHD high-voltage differential probes R&S RT-ZHD high-voltage differential probes are designed to measure safely high-volt-...

  • Page 135: Setup For Current Probes

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes Bandwidth and attenuation values are indicated on the probe control box. The "Offset" is the differential offset, see "Offset" on page 121. R&S RT-ZHD high-voltage differential probes have the Rohde & Schwarz probe inter- face and support its functions.
  • Page 136 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes Current probes R&S RT-ZCxxB Current probes R&S RT-ZCxxB have a Rohde & Schwarz probe interface; they are powered and remotely controlled by the oscilloscope. When the probe is connected, demagnetization is performed automatically.

  • Page 137: Probe Info

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes The vertical scaling and measured values are multiplied by this factor so that the dis- played values are equal to the actual measured signal values. Remote command: on page 535 PROBe<ch>:SETup:GAIN:AUTO? on page 535 PROBe<ch>:SETup:GAIN:MANual...

  • Page 138: Adjusting Passive Probes

    MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes Remote commands: Chapter 17.8.8.5, "Probe attributes", on page 536. 6.4.6 Adjusting passive probes When using a passive probe, you have to compensate it when you connect it to the instrument the first time. Compensation matches the probe cable capacitance to the oscilloscope input capacitance to assure good amplitude accuracy from DC to upper bandwidth limit frequencies.
  • Page 139 MXO 4 Series Acquisition and waveform setup Probes A square wave appears on the display. 4. Adjust the compensation trimmer of the probe to optimum square wave response. For details, refer to the documentation of your probe. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 140: Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Basics of triggering 7 Trigger ● Basics of triggering....................140 ● Common trigger settings..................142 ● Trigger sequence....................144 ● Trigger types......................146 ● Trigger mode / holdoff................... 169 ● Hysteresis......................171 ● Channel filter......................173 ● Actions on trigger....................

  • Page 141: Trigger Information

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Basics of triggering Action on trigger A trigger can initiate a trigger out signal. Trigger sequence A trigger sequence joins two or more separate trigger conditions with an optional delay time and an optional reset time or reset condition. Similar setups are also known as multi-step triggers or A/B trigger.

  • Page 142: Common Trigger Settings

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Common trigger settings 7.2 Common trigger settings Access: "Menu" > "Trigger" > "Setup" tab The common trigger settings are the trigger source and the trigger type, including the trigger level. To set the trigger level automatically, use "Find level".
  • Page 143 MXO 4 Series Trigger Common trigger settings ● Line: The instrument generates the trigger from the AC power input and synchroni- zes the signal to the AC power frequency. Use this source if you want to analyze signals related to the power line frequency, such as lighting equipment and power supply devices.

  • Page 144: Trigger Sequence

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger sequence Remote command: on page 541 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>[:VALue] on page 545 (for external trigger source) TRIGger:ANEDge:LEVel Find level Sets the trigger level automatically to 0.5 * (MaxPeak – MinPeak). In a trigger sequence, "Find level" affects all active events of the sequence (A, B, and R event).
  • Page 145 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger sequence B-trigger and R-trigger are configured in the same way as the A-trigger. You can con- figure a delay between the A- and B-trigger, and define a number of fulfilled B-trigger conditions to be ignored. The reset condition R can be a timeout or a trigger condition, or a combination of both.

  • Page 146: Trigger Types

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Remote command: on page 543 TRIGger:MEVents:SEQuence<se>:COUNt Enable reset event If enabled, the trigger sequence is restarted by the R-trigger condition if the specified number of B-triggers does not occur before the R-trigger conditions are fulfilled.

  • Page 147: Edge Trigger On External Trigger Source

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Level "Level" on page 143. Remote command: on page 541 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>[:VALue] Slope Sets the edge direction for the trigger. "Positive" Selects the rising edge, which is a positive voltage change. "Negative" Selects the falling edge, which is a negative voltage change.
  • Page 148 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types The "Slope" and "Level" are the same settings as for the edge trigger, see: ● "Level" on page 143 ● "Slope" on page 147 Specific settings for the analog edge trigger are the following: Coupling Sets the connection of the external trigger signal, i.e.

  • Page 149: Glitch Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types "AC 1 MΩ" Connection with 1 MΩ termination through DC capacitor, removes DC and very low-frequency components. The waveform is centered on zero volts. Remote command: on page 545 TRIGger:ANEDge:COUPling Filter, Cut-off Selects the filter mode for the external trigger signal, and sets the cut-off frequency.
  • Page 150 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Level "Level" on page 143. Remote command: on page 541 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>[:VALue] Polarity Sets the polarity of a pulse, which is the direction of the first pulse slope. "Positive" Selects positive going pulses, the width is defined from the rising to the falling slopes.

  • Page 151: Width Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types You need to know the expected pulse widths of the circuit to set the glitch width cor- rectly. Remote command: on page 547 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:GLITch:WIDTh 7.4.4 Width trigger Access: "Menu" > "Trigger" > "Setup" tab > "Type = Width"...

  • Page 152: Runt Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Polarity Sets the polarity of a pulse, which is the direction of the first pulse slope. "Positive" Selects positive going pulses, the width is defined from the rising to the falling slopes. "Negative" Selects negative going pulses, the width is defined from the falling to the rising slopes.
  • Page 153 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types ger can detect logic, digital, and analog signals remaining below a specified threshold amplitude because I/O ports are in undefined state. This section describes the trigger-type specific settings. For settings that apply to all trigger types, see Chapter 7.2, "Common trigger...

  • Page 154: Window Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Remote command: on page 550 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer Lower level Sets the lower voltage limit. Remote command: on page 549 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:RUNT:LOWer Range Selects how the time limit of the runt pulse is defined. "Any runt" Triggers on all runts fulfilling the level condition, without time limita- tion.
  • Page 155 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Vertical condition Selects how the signal run is compared with the window. "Enter" Triggers when the signal crosses the upper or lower level and thus enters the window made up of these two levels.

  • Page 156: Timeout Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Lower level Sets the lower voltage limit. Remote command: on page 552 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:WINDow:LOWer Time condition Available for "Vertical condition" = "Stay within"/"Stay outside". Selects how the time limit of the window is defined. "Within"...

  • Page 157: Interval Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Level Sets the threshold for the high and low signal states. Remote command: on page 541 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>[:VALue] Range Sets the relation of the signal level to the trigger level for the timeout trigger. "Stays high"...
  • Page 158 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types The interval trigger can analyze either rising or falling edges, but searching for an inter- val is also possible for both edges at the same time ("Either"). This section describes the trigger-type specific settings. For settings that apply to all trigger types, see Chapter 7.2, "Common trigger...

  • Page 159: Slew Rate Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types "Shorter" Triggers on intervals shorter than the given "Interv. width". "Longer" Triggers on intervals longer than the given "Interv. width". Remote command: on page 556 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:INTerval:RANGe Interv. width Sets the time between two pulses for the interval trigger.
  • Page 160 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Slope Sets the edge direction for the trigger. "Positive" Selects the rising edge, which is a positive voltage change. "Negative" Selects the falling edge, which is a negative voltage change. "Either" Selects the rising and falling edge. After starting an acquisition, the instrument triggers on the first identified edge.

  • Page 161: Setup & Hold

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Remote command: on page 557 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:SLEW:LOWer Range Selects how the time limit for the slew rate is defined. The time measurement starts when the signal crosses the first trigger level - the upper or lower limit depending on the selected slope.
  • Page 162 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Data source Selects the input channel of the data signal. Remote command: on page 542 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce Level Sets the voltage level for the data signal. At this level, the setup and hold time are measured.

  • Page 163: State Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types "Positive" Rising edge, a positive voltage change. "Negative" Falling edge, a negative voltage change. "Both" Both the rising and the falling edge. Remote command: on page 560 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:CSOurce:EDGE Clock level Sets the voltage level for the clock signal.

  • Page 164: Pattern Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types 1. Select the "Clock Source" and the "Slope". 2. Tap "Set state". Chapter 7.4.12.2, "Set state for state and pattern trigger of analog channels", on page 166 for setting details. Slope Sets the edge direction for the trigger.
  • Page 165 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types ► Tap "Set state". Chapter 7.4.12.2, "Set state for state and pattern trigger of analog channels", on page 166 for setting details. 7.4.12.1 General settings State sources Selects if the source of the trigger for the pattern type is an "Analog" or "Digital" chan- nel.
  • Page 166 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Remote command: on page 541 TRIGger:FINDlevel 7.4.12.2 Set state for state and pattern trigger of analog channels Access: "Menu" > "Trigger" > "Setup" tab > "Type = State" or "Type = Pattern" > "Set state"...
  • Page 167 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types Figure 7-3: Set state for pattern trigger Source: channel states Set the state for each channel. For the state trigger, the clock source is indicated and does not get a state. Remote command: on page 561 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:ANALog:CHAN<n>:HLX...
  • Page 168 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger types on page 564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic on page 562 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic 7.4.12.3 Set state for state and pattern trigger of digital channels Access: "Menu" > "Trigger" > "Setup" tab > "Type = Pattern" > "Set state" Source: channel states Set the state for each channel.

  • Page 169: Line Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger mode / holdoff ● "AND": logical AND, conjunctive combination ● "OR": logical OR, disjunctive combination Remote command: on page 562 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:LOGic on page 564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:LOGic on page 564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic on page 562 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic 7.4.13 Line trigger Access: "Menu"...
  • Page 170 MXO 4 Series Trigger Trigger mode / holdoff Trigger mode Sets the trigger mode which determines the behavior of the instrument if no trigger occurs. The current setting is shown on the trigger label. To toggle quickly between "Auto" and "Normal" mode, use the [Auto Norm] key on the front panel (in "Trigger"...

  • Page 171: Hysteresis

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Hysteresis The following methods are available: "Time" Defines the holdoff directly as a time period. The next trigger occurs only after the "Holdoff time" has passed. "Events" Defines the holdoff as a number of trigger events. The next trigger only occurs when this number of events is reached.
  • Page 172 MXO 4 Series Trigger Hysteresis The rejection of noise by setting a hysteresis avoids unwanted trigger events caused by noise oscillation around the trigger level. HW hysteresis Displays the hysteresis that is set by the instrument in automatic hysteresis mode.

  • Page 173: Channel Filter

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Channel filter Remote command: on page 569 TRIGger:NOISe<m>:PERDivision on page 570 TRIGger:NOISe<m>:RELative 7.7 Channel filter Access: "Menu">"Trigger" > "Channel filter" Trigger filter mode Selects the filter mode for the trigger channel. "Off" The trigger signal is not filtered.

  • Page 174: Actions On Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Trigger Actions on trigger 7.8 Actions on trigger Access: "Menu" > "Trigger" > "Action" tab The action settings define what happens when a trigger occurs. All available actions can be initiated at the same time. Trigger out Selects, if a pulse is provided to the [Trigger Out] connector on the rear panel.
  • Page 175 MXO 4 Series Trigger Actions on trigger Trigger out ← Set trigger out Activates the outgoing pulse on the [Trigger Out] connector on the rear panel. Remote command: on page 571 TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:STATe Signal source ← Set trigger out Defines when the trigger out signal is initiated: at the trigger point, when waiting for the trigger, or when the post-trigger time is finished.
  • Page 176 MXO 4 Series Trigger Actions on trigger Remote command: on page 572 TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:PLENgth User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 177: Waveform Analysis

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Zoom 8 Waveform analysis This chapter describes general methods to check and analyze waveforms. These are: ● Zoom........................177 ● Mathematics......................181 ● History........................192 ● Reference waveforms................... 198 8.1 Zoom The zoom magnifies a part of the waveform to view more details. The zoom is applied to all waveforms that are visible in a diagram.
  • Page 178 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Zoom Tabx Selects one of the enabled SmartGrid layouts. Selects the zoom window. You can add up to 4 different zooms. State Enables the zoom. Remote command: on page 574 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>[:ENABle] Diagram Indicates which of the waveform diagrams is selected for zooming. The number is dis- played on the screen in the middle of each diagram.
  • Page 179 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Zoom Start Stop, Position range Selects how the window for the zoom diagram is defined. You can select between defining "Start Stop" values or "Position range". Start Stop The "Start Stop" tab allows you to specify start and stop values for the x- and y-axes.

  • Page 180: Zooming For Details

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Zoom Mode Defines if absolute or relative values are used to specify the "Horizontal" (x-axis) and the "Vertical" (y-axis) values. Remote command: on page 576 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:HORizontal:MODE on page 580 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:MODE 8.1.2 Zooming for details To define the zoom area on the touchscreen For graphical zooming, you use your finger on the screen.

  • Page 181: Mathematics

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics 3. Select a value for "Mode" > "Horizontal" to define "Absolute" or "Relative" x-axis values. Relative values cause the zoom area to adapt to the input values dynami- cally. 4. For "X", define the "Relative start" and "Relative stop" values. They define the lower and upper borders of the zoom area on the x-axis.

  • Page 182: Displaying Math Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics 8.2.1 Displaying math waveforms Math waveforms can be displayed in addition to the channel and other waveforms. They also can be used for analysis, e.g. measurements, even if the math waveform is not active.
  • Page 183 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics You can also find a summary of the state of all math channels in the "All" tab. Display Activates the selected Math channel and displays the defined math waveforms. Remote command: on page 582 CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe...
  • Page 184 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Label Defines a label for the selected math waveform. Remote command: on page 583 CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel Operator Defines the type of operation to be performed on the selected signal sources. The following functions are available: "+"...

  • Page 185: Math Filter

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics To suppress noise effects during differentiation, it can be useful not to consider two directly neighboring points to calculate dx (x ). Instead, some samples in-between are skipped and a point a few samples further is used (e.g. x...

  • Page 186: Math Formula

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics To check limit frequency for the highpass filter, convert it to an equivalent lowpass fre- quency: f_LP = f_a_in/2 - f_HP Where f_HP is the requested highpass limit frequency and f_LP the equivalent lowpass frequency that has to comply with the limits given above.
  • Page 187 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Math expression Numeric Unit Source Filters Algebra Math punctuation 8 = "Enter": press to complete the equation entry . The button is grayed out if the expression is not valid. 9 = Information display: additional information about the selected function is displayed.
  • Page 188 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Unit Description Hertz: the unit for frequency, the number of occurrences of a repeating event per second. dBm: the unit for power level. dBm is expressed in decibels (dB) with reference to 1 milliwatt (mW).
  • Page 189 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Icon Description Usage/Comment FormulaEditor expression π Math. constants, Pi Pi: 3.14159... Decimal point ± Changes the sign of the equation Table 8-5: Algebra Icon Description Usage/Comment FormulaEditor expression Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division Exponentiation with base a...

  • Page 190: Math Scale Settings

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Table 8-7: Cursor keys Icon Description |← Moves cursor to beginning ← Moves cursor 1 step to the left → Moves cursor 1 step to the right →| Moves cursor to end 8.2.4.2 Defining a formula in the formula editor 1.
  • Page 191 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Mathematics Scale mode By default, the vertical scale is adapted to the current measurement results automati- cally to provide an optimal display. However, if necessary, you can define scaling val- ues manually to suit your requirements.

  • Page 192: History

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History 8.3 History The history accesses the data of previous acquisitions and provides them for further analysis. 8.3.1 About history If a continuous acquisition runs, the captured data is stored in the sample memory and the current acquisition is processed and shown on the display.

  • Page 193: History Setup

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History 8.3.2 History setup The "History" dialog contains the complete functionality on history viewing and informa- tion. The most important information and functions are also provided in the quick-access history dialog box. Access: "Menu" > "Acquisition" > "History" tab.
  • Page 194 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History Show history Enables the history mode and allows you to save history waveforms to file. The history display is enabled automatically when you press the [History] button. It is disabled when you close the quick-access "History" dialog box.

  • Page 195: Quick Access History Dialog

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History Display time Sets the display time for one acquisition. The shorter the time, the faster the replay is. The setting takes effect for usual history replay and the display of a fast segmentation series via the history.

  • Page 196: Using History

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History Available acqs Number of acquisitions that is saved in the memory and available for history viewing. It is also the number of acquisitions in a fast segmentation acquisition series. Remote command: on page 516...
  • Page 197 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis History Alternatively, you can configure and start the history display from the "History" configu- ration dialog box: 1. Open the "History" configuration tab. 2. If the history mode is off (the [History] key is not illuminated), select "Show history".

  • Page 198: Reference Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms 8.4 Reference waveforms You can configure up to four reference waveforms to display stored waveforms. Any active signal, mathematical waveform or spectrum can be stored as a reference wave- form. It can then be loaded again later to restore the waveform on the screen.

  • Page 199: Settings For Reference Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms Note that reference waveforms can be loaded only from REF files. CSV files are meant for further processing in other applications. 5. To save the waveform, tap "Save". 6. Enter a filename and select the directory. The file type is defined according to the selection in the previous steps.
  • Page 200 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms In the "Setup" tab, you select the target reference waveform and its source. R1/2/3/4 Each tab contains the settings for one of the available reference waveforms. Show Enables the display of the reference waveform in the diagram.
  • Page 201 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms Create/update Copies the selected source waveform with all its settings to the memory of the refer- ence waveform. If there is a previously defined reference waveform in this memory, it is updated by the current source waveform. If the acquisition is running, the reference waveform is a snapshot.
  • Page 202 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms A reference waveform can be scaled, stretched and positioned in the diagram. The "Properties" tab shows the original settings of the reference waveform, which are stored together with the waveform data. The following settings are displayed: ●...
  • Page 203 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms Waveform arithmetic The waveform arithmetic is taken from the source waveform of the reference, and it cannot be changed for the reference. Waveform arithmetic builds the resulting wave- form from several consecutive acquisitions of the signal. The arithmetic methods are...
  • Page 204 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms Vertical scale Available, if "Mode" = "Independent". Sets the vertical scale, which defines the displayed amplitude of the selected wave- form. The unit of the reference is the same as the unit of the source waveform.
  • Page 205 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms In the "Rescale" tab you can adjust the vertical and horizontal scaling of the reference waveform. Vertical Stretching and offset change the display of the waveform independent of the vertical scale and position.
  • Page 206 MXO 4 Series Waveform analysis Reference waveforms Like vertical offset of a channel waveform, the offset of a reference waveform is sub- tracted from the measured value. Negative values shift the waveform up, positive val- ues shift it down. Remote command: on page 596 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:OFFSet...

  • Page 207: Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements 9 Measurements Using the MXO 4 you can perform and display different measurements simultaneously, based on the active signal or math waveforms. The color of the results in the result table corresponds with the source waveform color.

  • Page 208: Using Cursors

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements Label Description "dx" Difference between the vertical cursor (time) values "1/dx" Inverse time difference "dy" Difference between the horizontal cursor values "dy/dx" Slope of the waveform between the cursors (if measured on one source) 9.1.2 Using cursors...
  • Page 209 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements 3. Select the subtab for the cursor set that you want to use. 4. Select the "Source" - the measured waveform. You can select any input channel, or various other active waveforms. Available sources are shown in the source list.

  • Page 210: Settings For Cursor Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements To add labels to cursor lines 1. Press the [Cursor] key. 2. Select the subtab for the cursor set you want to configure. 3. Select the "Advanced" tab. 4. Enter a label for "Vertical cursor 1", "Vertical cursor 2", "Horizontal cursor 1", "Hori- zontal cursor 2".
  • Page 211 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements Cu1/Cu2 The settings for each cursor measurement (or cursor set) are configured on separate tabs. For each cursor set, a horizontal pair of cursors, a vertical pair of cursors, or both can be displayed.
  • Page 212 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements "VLine & Rhombus" Vertical line and rhombus: the cursors are displayed as vertical lines. The intersections of the cursors with the waveforms are displayed by rhombus-shaped points. "Rhombus" The intersections of the cursors with the waveforms are displayed by rhombus-shaped points.
  • Page 213 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements "Minimum" The horizontal cursor is set to the crossing point of the vertical cursor with the minimum waveform envelope. "Maximum" The horizontal cursor is set to the crossing point of the vertical cursor with the maximum waveform envelope.
  • Page 214 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements X, Y Couple the horizontal or vertical cursor lines so that the distance between the two lines remains the same if one cursor is moved. "X" couples the vertical cursor lines, and "Y" couples the horizontal cursor lines.
  • Page 215 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements Show values Shows the measured values in the cursor labels. Remote command: on page 639 CURSor<cu>:DISPlay:VALues Vertical cursor 1, Vertical cursor 2 Defines the label to be displayed with the vertical cursor lines. By default, the cursors are labeled as Cu1.1, Cu1.2, Cu2.1, ...
  • Page 216 MXO 4 Series Measurements Cursor measurements Absolute peak Sets both cursors to the absolute peak value. Remote command: on page 643 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum[:PEAK] Next peak Cursor 2 is set to the next smaller absolute peak from the current position. Remote command: on page 644 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:NEXT...

  • Page 217: Automatic Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Example: In the figure below, 2 peaks are shown, that rise above the defined "Threshold". Peak 1 fulfills the defined "Peak excursion" value and is counted as a peak. Peak 2 does not fulfill the defined "Peak excursion" value on the right and is not counted as a peak.
  • Page 218 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 2. Select the "Category". 3. Tap on the measurements that you want to perform. You can scroll left and right through the measurement list, to view all available measurements for the selected "Category". 4. Select the source that you want to apply the measurement on.
  • Page 219 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 7. Tap "Add" to add the selected measurements. All selected measurements are enabled. To delete a measurement 1. Press the [Measure] key, to open the measurement dialog. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 220: Measurement Results

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 2. In the "Setup" tab, press . A delete icon appears in the selection button of each measurement. 3. Tap on the button of the measurement that you want to delete. Alternatively, tap "Delete All" to delete all measurements.

  • Page 221: Gate Settings For Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Statistics In addition to the current measurement results, you can enable a statistic evaluation. It returns the current, minimum and maximum measurement values, the average and standard deviation, and the number of measured waveforms. The results are shown in a separate tab below the grid.
  • Page 222 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Remote command: on page 624 GATE<g>:ENABle Coupling mode The gate coupling mode selects how the gate area is defined. "Manual" Manually define the gate with a user-defined start and stop values. "Cursor" Cursor coupling is available if a cursor is defined. The gate area is defined by the cursor lines of an active cursor measurement.

  • Page 223: Reference Level

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Figure 9-1: Automatic measurements gate dialog Figure 9-2: Power quality analysis gate dialog 9.2.3 Reference level Some measurements require reference levels to obtain the measurement points, e.g. time measurements or pulse count. You can define 4 sets of reference levels. During configuration of the measurement, you select which set of reference levels is used.
  • Page 224 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Access: [Measure] > "Reference level" tab Figure 9-3: Relative reference level Figure 9-4: Absolute reference level Select the correct refreence level tab before you enter the settings. You can add up to 4 reference levels.
  • Page 225 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Level mode Defines if the reference level is set in absolute or relative values. Remote command: on page 627 REFLevel<rl>:LMODe Absolute Level mode In the absolute mode, the reference values are set as voltages, in absolute values.

  • Page 226: Measurement Types

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 9.2.4 Measurement types The MXO 4 provides many measurement types to measure time and amplitude char- acteristics, and to count pulses and edges. 9.2.4.1 Horizontal measurements (time) Meas. type Symbol Description Formula, graphic Rise Time...
  • Page 227 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Meas. type Symbol Description Formula, graphic Phase Phase difference between two waveforms, mea- sured on the middle reference level. in ° Phase = Delay / Period * 360 0° 360° Burst width Duration of one burst, measured on the middle ref- erence level from the first edge to the last edge.
  • Page 228 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Meas. type Symbol Description Formula, graphic High High High level of the displayed waveform - the upper High/Top maximum of the sample distribution, or the mean value of the high level of a square wave without overshoot.
  • Page 229 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Meas. type Symbol Description Formula, graphic Crest factor Crest The crest factor is also known as peak-to-average ratio. It is the maximum value divided by the RMS value of the displayed waveform. Pos. Overshoot P.OS...

  • Page 230: Settings For Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 9.2.4.4 Counting Meas. type Symbol Description/result Pulse count PCount The number of positive or negative pulses of the waveform, or of both positive and negative pulses. The mean value of the signal is determined. If the sig- nal passes the mean value, an edge is counted.
  • Page 231 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Opens a dialog to select the measurements. Category ← Add Selects the measurement category. Some measurements are listed in more than one category. For an overview of the available categories and measurements, see Chapter 9.2.4, "Measurement...
  • Page 232 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements 9.2.5.2 Measurement type specific settings You can define additional parameters for some measurements. Access: "Menu" > "Measurement" > "Setup" tab > add measurement > select measure- ment Specific type Selects the type of measurement that you want to define the settings for.
  • Page 233 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Remote command: on page 619 MEASurement<mg>:GATE Envelope This setting is only available for measurements on envelope waveforms, see Acquisi- tion mode. "Both" The upper and the lower envelope are used in measurements. For time measurements, the averages of min and max values are used, that is, the measurement is performed on the average waveform built from the upper and lower envelope.
  • Page 234 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements "Setup/Hold time" measures and displays the setup and hold durations. "Setup/Hold ratio" measurements return the ratio of the setup time to the sum of hold and setup time: T / (T Setup Setup Hold The clock edge can be defined, the polarity of the data signal does not matter.
  • Page 235 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Delay measurement The specific settings for delay measurement allow you to measure the time between any two slopes at any reference level. Therefore, the reference levels and the slopes must be defined for each source individually. The measurement result is negative if the edge of the second source comes before the edge of the first source.

  • Page 236: Statistics

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Trigger event Trigger level Trigger source Slope Reference level Measurement source Delay to trigger To configure the trigger conditions, use the trigger setup. Sets the edge direction to be used for delay measurement: positive, "Edges slope"...

  • Page 237: Track

    MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Statistics Activates or deactivates the statistical evaluation for the measurement. Remote command: on page 623 MEASurement<mg>:STATistics[:ENABle] Clear results Deletes the statistical results for all measurements, and starts a new statistical evalua- tion if the acquisition is running.
  • Page 238 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Figure 9-5: Measurement selection for tracks Figure 9-6: Track settings User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 239 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Check measurements to enable track The list shows all active measurements. Select the check square of a measurement to enable the track for this measurement. Tap the button to open the track settings. State Enables or disables the track for the selected measurement.
  • Page 240 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Tracks with math functions Figure 9-7: Tracks used in math functions The example is set up as follows: ● Waveform on channel 1 ● 3 measurements on C1: positive duty cycle, period and positive pulse width ●...
  • Page 241 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Spectrum on track Figure 9-8: Track and spectrum on track, C1 is not in diagram The example is set up as follows: ● Waveform on channel 1 ● Period measurement on C1 ● Enable track for the period measurement: Track 1 ●...
  • Page 242 MXO 4 Series Measurements Automatic measurements Zoom on track Figure 9-9: Track and C1 in the upper diagram, zoom below The example is set up as follows: ● Waveform on channel 1 ● Period measurement on C1 ● Enable track for the period measurement: Track 1 ●...

  • Page 243: Spectrum Analysis

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Fundamentals of spectrum analysis 10 Spectrum analysis The MXO 4 provides an easy way to set up a spectrum analysis. The spectrum set- tings are independent of the time domain settings but the time and frequency domains are time-correlated.
  • Page 244 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Fundamentals of spectrum analysis Gate length Gate position Gate t[s] Center frequency f[Hz] Frequency span Restricting the result range You can restrict the results of the spectrum analysis to a specified frequency range. The frequency range can be defined in two ways: ●...

  • Page 245: Configuring Spectrum Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Configuring spectrum waveforms required, the number of samples must be increased by using a higher sample rate or longer record length. To simplify operation, some parameters are coupled and auto- matically calculated, such as record length and RBW.
  • Page 246 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Configuring spectrum waveforms To configure the spectrum By default, a suitable frequency range for the expected horizontal values according to the resolution bandwidth is selected, in respect to performance and precision. Span and RBW settings are coupled. If a more precise evaluation is required, for example for postprocessing in a different application, disable the coupling and change the fre- quency ranges and resolution bandwidth values as required.

  • Page 247: Spectrum Setup

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum setup 10.3 Spectrum setup Access: "Menu" > "Spectrum" > "Setup" tab. In this tab, you define the settings for the spectrum window. The display can be restric- ted to the results for a certain time base extract and to a specified frequency range.
  • Page 248 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum setup Full span Displays the full frequency span. CF span, Start Stop Selects if the frequency span is defined through a "Center"/"Span" pair or through the "Start"/"Stop". Center Defines the position of the displayed frequency range, which is (Center - Span/2) to (Center + Span/2).
  • Page 249 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum setup Defines the resolution bandwidth. Note that the resolution bandwidth is correlated with the span, record length and acquisition time. If a constant record length is to be used, the RBW can be adapted if the required number of samples cannot be acquired.

  • Page 250: Spectrum Scale

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum scale "Average" The average is calculated over the number of segments set with "Average count". Remote command: on page 652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:AVERage:ENABle on page 652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:AVERage:COUNt on page 652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MAXimum:ENABle on page 653 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MINimum:ENABle on page 653 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:NORMal[:ENABle]...

  • Page 251: Spectrum Gate

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum gate Remote command: on page 650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:SCALe Vertical maximum Sets the maximum displayed value on the vertical scale. Remote command: on page 650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:LEVel Vertical range Sets the range of the spectrum values to be displayed.

  • Page 252: Spectrum Peak List

    MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum peak list Remote command: on page 654 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:STOP Position Sets the position of the displayed frequency range. The width of the gate is defined using the "Width" setting. Remote command: on page 653 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:POSition Width Defines the width of the displayed gate.
  • Page 253 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum peak list The number of determined peaks can be defined. You can sort the results by frequency or power value, and the peak labels are adjusted accordingly. Also, you can adjust some of the display settings, see Chapter 5.3.4, "Peak...
  • Page 254 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum peak list "Peak on waveform" > "Off" "Peak on waveform" > "On" Remote command: on page 656 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SPOW Threshold Sets an absolute threshold as an additional condition for the peak search. Only peaks that exceed the threshold are detected.
  • Page 255 MXO 4 Series Spectrum analysis Spectrum peak list Threshold Remote command: on page 652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PEXCursion on page 644 CURSor<cu>:PEXCursion Max results Sets the maximum number of measurement results that are listed in the result table. Remote command: on page 655 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:MAXCount...

  • Page 256: Applications

    MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) 11 Applications All available applications are provided in the "Apps" dialog. ► To open an application, press the [Apps] key. Some applications are described in different chapters. See: ● Chapter 8.4, "Reference waveforms",...

  • Page 257: About The Frequency Response Analysis Plot

    MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) 11.1.1 About the frequency response analysis plot FRA plot display The FRA plot display is divided into several sections. Figure 11-1: FRA plot display 1 = Toolbar 2 = Progress bar...
  • Page 258 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) FRA plot result table In the FRA plot result table, all sample points are displayed with the respective value for the frequency, gain, phase and amplitude. If you select a sample in the table, the respective points in the FRA plot are highlighted by a white vertical helper line on the gain and the phase curve.

  • Page 259: Using A Frequency Response Analysis

    MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Vertical position and size of the waveforms To set the position and the vertical scaling of the gain, phase or amplitude waveforms, select the waveform and use the vertical [Scale] and [Position] (upper knob) knobs.
  • Page 260 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Input Sets the channel for the input signal of the DUT. Remote command: on page 663 FRANalysis:INPut[:SOURce] Output Sets the channel for the output signal of the DUT. Remote command:...
  • Page 261 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Remote command: on page 662 FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt on page 662 FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP Points Selects, if the number of points are measured as total or per decade and sets the num- ber of points.
  • Page 262 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Remote command: on page 665 FRANalysis:REPeat 11.1.3.2 Amplitude profile Access: [Apps] > "General" > "FRA" > "Setup" > "Amplitude profile". Opens a dialog to set the amplitude profile. You can then define different amplitudes for different frequency.
  • Page 263 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Sort Sorts the points in the amplitude table by frequency, starting with the lowest frequency. Remote command: on page 667 FRANalysis:AMPLitude:PROFile:SORT Delete If enabled a delete icon appears next to each point in the amplitude profile table. You can tap on it to delete the amplitude point.
  • Page 264 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Maximum phase Sets the upper boundary of the vertical phase window. The lower boundary is given by "Maximum phase" - 360°. By default, the "Maximum phase" is set to 180° for a phase window ranging from -180°...
  • Page 265 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Auto scale If enabled, the vertical scaling of input and output channel is done automatically for every new measurement frequency point. That guarantees a non-disturbed signal and a maximum of measurement resolution.
  • Page 266 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) 11.1.3.5 Scale Access: [Apps] > "General" > "FRA" > "Scale". Figure 11-2: Scale dialog for Mode = Gain/Phase Vertical scale Sets the scale of the y-axis in the function diagram.
  • Page 267 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Test setup considerations Example of a calibration test setup shows an example of a test setup, where the input probe is connected to [C1] and the output probe is connected to [C2]. The input is also connected to the ARB generator.
  • Page 268 MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) Figure 11-3: Example of a calibration test setup Input = [C1], [Gen1] Output = [C2] Consider also the following: ● Calibration for FRA is only possible with probes connected to the input and output channels.

  • Page 269: Fra Saving Results

    MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) ● "Generator" ● "User load" ● "Amplitude mode" ● "Amplitude profile" ● "Amplitude profile" > "Voltage change" ● "Start" frequency ● "Stop" frequency ● "Points" mode and total points ●...

  • Page 270: Dependencies Of The Measurement Setup

    MXO 4 Series Applications Frequency response analysis (option R&S MXO4-K36) FRA results In this dialog you can select which result values you want to includes in your FRA export results file. The following options are available: ● "FRA results": includes the frequency, gain, phase and amplitude ●...

  • Page 271: Power Analysis (Option R&S Mxo4-K31)

    MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) – For frequencies smaller than 10 Hz, the "Coupling" on page 121 is set to DC. – For frequencies higher than 10Hz, you can select a Coupling manually. The default set value is AC.
  • Page 272 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) To delete a measurement 1. Tap the "Menu" > "Apps" > "General" tab > "Power", to open the power measure- ment dialog. 2. In the "Analysis" tab, tap . A delete icon appears in the selection button of each measurement.

  • Page 273: Power Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) 11.2.2 Power measurements 11.2.2.1 Power analysis settings In the "Analysis" you can enable the power analysis and access the dialog to select the power analysis measurements. You can add up to 3 power analysis measurements. You can also add several instan- ces of the same measurement.
  • Page 274 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Remote command: on page 676 POWer<m>[:ENABle] on page 676 POWer<m>:TYPE 11.2.2.2 Power quality In an electric circuit power is a measure for the rate of flow of energy at a certain point of the circuit.
  • Page 275 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) 3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope. 4. Connect the probes to the DUT: C1 C2 C3 C4 Current probe Drain Gate Voltage probe Source...
  • Page 276 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) a) Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the line of the AC input. b) Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the neutral of the AC input.
  • Page 277 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Remote command: on page 678 POWer<m>:QUALity:SOURce[:VOLTage] Current Selects the channel for the current source. Remote command: on page 677 POWer<m>:QUALity:SOURce:CURRent Fund. Freq Selects the input frequency of the source signal. Remote command: on page 678 POWer<m>:QUALity:FREQuency[:VALue]...
  • Page 278 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Power quality results The results of power quality measurements are provided in two ways: ● The diagram shows the graphical presentation of: – The voltage waveform – The current waveform –...
  • Page 279 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Result Unit Formula Description ∙ I Apparent power, |S| |S| = V |S| is the magnitude of the vector sum of active and (averaged over N cycles) reactive power (the complex power S).
  • Page 280 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) The "Harmonics" setup dialog opens. 3. Connect the differential voltage probe and the current probe to the oscilloscope. 4. Connect the probes to the DUT: C1 C2 C3 C4 Current probe...
  • Page 281 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) a) Connect the positive (+) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the line of the AC input. b) Connect the negative (-) signal socket of the differential voltage probe to the neutral of the AC input.
  • Page 282 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Voltage Selects the channel for the voltage source. Remote command: on page 686 POWer<m>:HARMonics:SOURce[:VOLTage] Current Selects the channel for the current source. Remote command: on page 685 POWer<m>:HARMonics:SOURce:CURRent Fund. Freq Selects the frequency of the input signal. The available frequencies depend on the selected Standard.
  • Page 283 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Remote command: POWer<m>:HARMonics:DISPlay:BARGraph:VERTical:SCALe:TYPE on page 688 Clear Results Clears all current results and resets the statistics. Remote command: on page 687 POWer<m>:HARMonics:STATistics:RESet Power harmonic results The results of the Harmonic measurements are provided in two ways: ●...
  • Page 284 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Result table Bar chart match Description Magnitude (dB) Max Shown by a darkened green The maximum measured value Limit Shown by a red bar The maxim allowed value according to the...

  • Page 285: Reference Level

    MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) 11.2.3 Reference level Some power analysis measurements require reference levels to obtain the measure- ment points. Power analysis uses its own reference level set, which is independent from other measurements and is used for all power measurements.
  • Page 286 MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) Remote command: on page 694 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel on page 694 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:MLEVel on page 694 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:ULEVel on page 694 POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel on page 694 POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:MLEVel on page 694 POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:ULEVel Relative Level mode In the relative mode, the reference values are set as percentages of the signal ampli- tude.

  • Page 287: Deskew

    MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) 11.2.4 Deskew In the dialog box you can perform a deskew of your current and voltage probes. Required equipment: ● R&S RT-ZF20 power deskew fixture ● Rohde & Schwarz voltage probe ●...

  • Page 288: Offset Compensation

    MXO 4 Series Applications Power analysis (option R&S MXO4-K31) After the deskew, the result values are written in the "Skew" value of the corresponding channel. If there are more than two active channels, you can perform automatic deskew step by step and exchange the probes connected fixture between the steps.

  • Page 289: Digital Voltmeter

    MXO 4 Series Applications Digital voltmeter 11.3 Digital voltmeter The software-based voltmeter features AC RMS, DC and DC RMS voltage measure- ments on a specific analog channel. 11.3.1 Using the digital voltmeter To start a digital voltmeter measurement 1. Tap the "Menu" > "Apps" > "General" tab > "DVM", to open the digital voltmeter measurement dialog.

  • Page 290: Settings Of The Digital Voltmeter

    MXO 4 Series Applications Digital voltmeter 11.3.2 Settings of the digital voltmeter Access: "Menu" > "Apps" > "General" tab > "DVM". C<n> Selects the channel which is measured by the digital voltmeter. Filter bandwidth Selects the filter bandwidth. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 291 MXO 4 Series Applications Digital voltmeter Remote command: on page 701 METer:BANDwidth Measurement time Sets a measurement time. The time begins in the moment that a measurement is enabled. Measurements Enables the voltmeter measurements. When a measurement is enabled, the voltmeter is turned on automatically.

  • Page 292: Data And File Management

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management 12 Data and file management This chapter describes how to manage instrument settings, waveform data, measure- ment results, and screenshots. The "Save/Recall" dialog provides functions for saving and restoring data on the instru- ment.

  • Page 293: Save And Recall User Settings

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall user settings Using the "Save/Recall" dialog, you can store or load various data to files for further usage, analysis and reporting: ● Instrument settings: Chapter 12.1, "Save and recall user settings",...

  • Page 294: Using Savesets

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall user settings 12.1.1 Using savesets Savesets contain the complete instrument and measurement configuration. You can save an unlimited number of setting files. To save settings to a saveset file 1. Open "Menu" > "Save/Recall".

  • Page 295: Waveform Generator Saveset

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall user settings To load settings from a saveset file 1. Open "Menu" > "Save/Recall". 2. In the "Recall" tab, press the "Saveset" button. The recall "Saveset" dialog opens. Figure 12-4: Recall saveset dialog 3.
  • Page 296 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall user settings Figure 12-5: Save generator saveset dialog 3. Tap "Browse" The current settings are saved to the selected file. To load settings from a saveset file 1. Open "Menu" > "Save/Recall".

  • Page 297: Save And Recall Waveform Data

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Remote commands: ● on page 606 GENerator:SAV ● on page 606 GENerator:RCL 12.2 Save and recall waveform data You can save waveform data to file, and reload the data of REF files as reference waveforms.
  • Page 298 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Source Selects the waveform to be exported. The list shows all active waveform that can be exported. Remote command: on page 608 EXPort:WAVeform:SOURce Export mode Defines the part of the waveform record that has to be stored.

  • Page 299: Saving Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data "Gate" Saves the data included in the measurement gate if a gated mea- surement is defined for the source waveform. Select the "Gate" to be used for export.
  • Page 300 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Figure 12-7: Save waveform dialog 3. Select the "Source". 4. Select the "Export mode" to define the part of the waveform to be exported. 5. If necessary, define the cursor, gate or start/stop values for the data.

  • Page 301: Waveform Export Files

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data 12.2.3 Waveform export files Waveform data is stored in excel *csv format, or in a specific *.ref format. Files in *.ref format can be reloaded as reference waveforms.
  • Page 302 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Table 12-1: Header file properties in CSV files Value Description Model Model of the instrument SerialNumber Serial number of the instrument SourceType Type of the exported waveform SignalSource...
  • Page 303 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Value Description CenterFreq Center frequency of the spectrum FreqSpan Frequency span of the spectrum ResolutionBW Resolution bandwidth of the spectrum FrequencyStart Start frequency of the spectrum FrequencyStop Stop frequency of the spectrum...
  • Page 304 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Save and recall waveform data Table 12-2: Header file properties in REF files Value Description SignalAttributes Same values as in CSV files, except for Model and SerialNumber. See Table 12-1. SignalAttributesPostProcessing SignalFormat Format of the data values in the BIN file: INT8BIT, INT16BIT,...

  • Page 305: Saving Results

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Saving results Value Description Range Range of the signal in y-direction Offset Center of the y-range Resolution Resolution of the y-axis IsLogarithmic Indicates if the y-axis is logarithmic (ON or OFF) PostProcessingSampleFormatAttributes ValueStorage...
  • Page 306 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Saving results To save results 1. Open "Menu" > "Save/Recall". 2. In the "Save" tab, press the "Results" button. The save "Results" dialog opens. 3. Select the results to be saved. The "Save results" results list shows all result tables that are currently open.

  • Page 307: Screenshots

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management Screenshots ● on page 610 EXPort:RESult:SELect:MEASurement ● on page 609 EXPort:RESult:NAME ● on page 609 EXPort:RESult:SAVE 12.4 Screenshots To store the graphical results of the measurement, you can save a screenshot of the graphic area.
  • Page 308 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Screenshots In the "Screenshot" dialog box, you configure the image to be saved or included in a report. You select the storage location for screenshot files. The image is created when you open the dialog box, and can be updated at any time.
  • Page 309 MXO 4 Series Data and file management Screenshots Directory........................309 File name, Extension....................310 Save..........................310 Preview Shows a preview of the screenshot. The image is created when the dialog box opens. Update Updates the preview of the screenshot with the current display view, e.g. after changes to the settings have been made, or an additional channel has been activated.

  • Page 310: Configuring And Saving Screenshots

    MXO 4 Series Data and file management File browser dialog Remote command: on page 610 HCOPy:DESTination<m> File name, Extension Sets a file name for the screenshot, and the extension of the file. You can save the screenshot as *.jpg or *.png file.
  • Page 311 MXO 4 Series Data and file management File browser dialog Access: [Apps] > "File browser". Path Navigate the path elements to change the current folder. The default folder is defined Chapter 5.8.1, "Autonaming", on page 101. You can save the data in a local folder on the instrument.

  • Page 312: Protocol Analysis

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis 13 Protocol analysis Using the serial protocol options for the MXO 4, you can analyze various serial proto- cols. ● Basics of protocol analysis..................312 ● SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510)............... 321 ●...

  • Page 313: Setup - General Settings

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Before you can analyze a serial signal, the bus has to be configured according to the protocol and specifics of the signal. The configuration contains: ● Assignment of the data and clock lines to the input channels ●...

  • Page 314: Thresholds

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Remote command: on page 704 SBUS<sb>:TYPE State Enables the decoding of the selected bus. The signal icon of the bus appears on the signal bar. 13.1.2 Thresholds In the "Thresholds" tab, you can set values for threshold and hysteresis.

  • Page 315: Advanced

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Example: When the "Show threshold lines" is enabled, the threshold lines and the hysteresis are shown on the display for a few seconds. Afterwards only the threshold line is visible. Figure 13-1: Threshold lines, shortly after Show threshold lines is enabled...
  • Page 316 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Show decode table Opens a table with decoded data of the serial signal. The function requires the option for the analyzed protocol. Decode results are protocol-specific. Remote command: on page 704 SBUS<sb>:RESult...

  • Page 317: Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Available formats are: hex, octal, binary, ASCii, signed, unsigned. For more information on the available formats, see Chapter 13.1.8, "Bit pattern editor", on page 320. Remote command: on page 704 SBUS<sb>:FORMat Zoom coupling If enabled, the decode zoom and result table are synchronized.

  • Page 318: Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis The settings are protocol specific and are described in the corresponding protocol chapter. 13.1.6 Trigger The "Trigger" tab gives quick access to the "Trigger" dialog. 13.1.7 Export protocol results In the "Export results" tab, you can export the results and all details of the selected pro- tocol.
  • Page 319 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis Include details If enabled, includes the detailed results for all frames in the export result file. Remote command: on page 705 SBUS<sb>:EXPResult:DETail Include timing If enabled, includes the frame timing in the export result file.

  • Page 320: Bit Pattern Editor

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis Basics of protocol analysis 13.1.8 Bit pattern editor If you want to enter a specified address or data pattern, the pattern editor helps you to enter the pattern in various formats - decimal, hexadecimal, octal, binary and ASCII.

  • Page 321: Spi Bus (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.2 SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) The Serial Peripheral Interface SPI is used for communication with slow peripheral devices, in particular, for transmission of data streams. Required options and equipment For performing SPI decode measurements, you need the following equipment: ●...

  • Page 322: Spi Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) The data bits of a message are grouped by the following criteria: ● A word contains several successive bits. The word length is defined in the protocol configuration. ● A frame contains several successive words, at least one word.
  • Page 323 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) State Enables the decoding of the selected bus. The signal icon of the bus appears on the signal bar. SCLK,MOSI,MISO,CS Sets the input channel for the respective line: ● SCLK: clock line ●...
  • Page 324 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) Timeout Sets the minimum clock idle time if a timeout on the clock line SCLK is used as limiter between two frames. This setting is only available, for "CS" = "None".

  • Page 325: Spi Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) on page 711 SBUS<sb>:SPI:SCLK:HYSTeresis on page 708 SBUS<sb>:SPI:CSELect:HYSTeresis on page 710 SBUS<sb>:SPI:MISO:THReshold on page 711 SBUS<sb>:SPI:MOSI:THReshold on page 712 SBUS<sb>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold on page 709 SBUS<sb>:SPI:CSELect:THReshold Show threshold lines If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram.
  • Page 326 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) In the "Filter" tab, you can define the settings to display only the frames that match the selected filter conditions. Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset The following settings help you select the frames and errors you want to filter for. Only the frames and error types that match the selected filter conditions are displayed.
  • Page 327 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) "Field" Enables the field type that you want to filter on for the selected frame. The available fields are "MOSI Pattern" and "MISO Pattern". Remote command: on page 717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FIENable SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle...

  • Page 328: Spi Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) "Index" The index setup consists of a comparison condition and one or two index values. Remote command: SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX on page 718 on page 718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IMAX SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN on page 718 on page 718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IMIN...
  • Page 329 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) Some trigger types have additional settings that can be defined. In this case, the "Set details" button appears next to "Type" the function. Open it for a detailed definition of the trigger conditions.

  • Page 330: Spi Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.2.5 SPI decode results When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded: 1. Open the "Serial Bus" dialog for the respective bus. 2. In the "Setup" tab, enable "State".

  • Page 331: Performing Spi Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) Column Description Count Number of words in the frame MOSI values Value of the MOSI data words. The data format is selected in the "Display" tab. MISO values Value of the MISO data words. The data format is selected in the "Display"...
  • Page 332 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) 2. Select the tab of the bus that you want to set up, for example "SB1". 3. Tap the "Protocol type" button. Select the protocol: "SPI". 4. Tap on "State" to enable the decoding.
  • Page 333 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) 12. Set the logical thresholds: a) Tap the "Thresholds" tab. b) For each wire, set the threshold value. A typical value is 1.65 V. c) If necessary, set the hysteresis value for the wires.
  • Page 334 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPI bus (option R&S MXO4-K510) 1. Open "Menu" > "Trigger". 2. Set "Trigger on" to "Single event". 3. Ensure that the "Source" is set to the configured serial bus, e.g. "Serial bus 1". 4. Select the "Type".

  • Page 335: I²C (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) – Start time – Stop time – MOSI values – MISO values Example SPI export file Index,Start,Stop,State,Count,BitRate 1,-2.9e-05,-2.872e-05,'OK',2,50000000 2,-2.844e-05,-2.83e-05,'OK',1,50000000 3,-2.816e-05,-2.788e-05,'OK',2,50000000 4,-2.76e-05,-2.746e-05,'VOID',0,--- Details frame 1 Index,Start Time,Stop Time,MOSI Values,MISO Values 1,-2.9e-05,-2.886e-05,AFh,--- 2,-2.886e-05,-2.872e-05,FEh,---...

  • Page 336: About The I²C Protocol

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) ● I²C trigger settings....................344 ● I²C decode results....................348 ● Performing I2C decoding..................350 13.3.1 About the I²C protocol This chapter provides an overview of protocol characteristics, data format, address types and trigger possibilities. For detailed information, read the "I2C-bus specification and user manual"...
  • Page 337 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Figure 13-5: I2C writes access with a 7-bit address Address types: 7-bit and 10-bit Target addresses can be 7 bits or 10 bits long. A 7-bit address requires 1 byte, 7 bits for the address followed by the R/W bit.

  • Page 338: I²C Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) You can trigger on: ● Start or stop condition ● Repeated start condition ● Transfer direction (read or write) ● Bytes with missing acknowledge bit ● Specific data pattern in the message 13.3.2 I²C configuration...
  • Page 339 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) SDA source Sets the source channel to which the data line is connected. Remote command: on page 727 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:SOURce SCL source Selects the source channel to which the clock line is connected.
  • Page 340 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Show threshold lines If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram. The label of the threshold line is set according to the signal that it is referring to, see...

  • Page 341: I 2 C Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.3.2.4 C symbols For the I C protocol, you can upload symbol lists containing IDs and a symbolic name for each node. You can load a file in one of the supported formats. Symbol lists for I are available in CSV format.
  • Page 342 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) In the "Filter" tab, you can define the settings to display only the frames that match the selected filter conditions. Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset The following settings help you select the frames and errors you want to filter for. Only the frames and error types that match the selected filter conditions are displayed.
  • Page 343 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) For each frame type, you can also specify conditions for the value of the fields in the "Edit" dialog. Remote command: on page 735 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRENable on page 735 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle Edit Opens a dialog to define the details of the selected frame.

  • Page 344: I²C Trigger Settings

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) "Data" The data setup consists of a comparison condition and one or two data patterns. Remote command: SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX on page 735 on page 735 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:DMAX SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN on page 735 on page 735 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:DMIN...
  • Page 345 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Type Selects the trigger type for I²C analysis. Some trigger types have additional settings that can be defined. In this case, the "Set details" button appears next to "Type" the function. Open it for a detailed definition of the trigger conditions.
  • Page 346 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Address ← Type Sets the trigger to one specific address condition or a combination of address condi- tions. The trigger time is the falling clock edge of the acknowledge bit after the address.
  • Page 347 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) No Ack conditions Selects which missing acknowledge bits is detected if the trigger type is set to "No Ack". "Address Nack" No secondary recognizes the address. "Data write Nack" The addressed secondary does not accept the data.

  • Page 348: I²C Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) "From" Specifies the value or sets the start value of a range. "To" Sets the maximum value of a range for "Condition" = "In range"/"Out of range". Remote command: on page 730...
  • Page 349 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Figure 13-8: Decoded I2C signal, and decode results Purple = Address byte Blue = R/W bit Cyan = ACK bit = NACK bit Gold = Data byte Turquoise = Write frame...

  • Page 350: Performing I2C Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Table 13-3: Content of the Details results table Column Description Index Index of the decoded field Value Value of all data bytes of the frame ACK bit start Start time of the acknowledge bit...
  • Page 351 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) 2. Select the tab of the bus that you want to set up, for example "SB1". 3. Tap the "Protocol type" button. Select the protocol: "I2C". 4. Tap on "State" to enable the decoding.
  • Page 352 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.3.6.2 Triggering on I2C Prerequisites: A bus is configured for the I2C signal to be analyzed. See Chap- ter 13.3.6.1, "Configuring I2C signals", on page 350. 1. Open "Menu" > "Trigger".
  • Page 353 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis I²C (option R&S MXO4-K510) Prerequisites: A bus is configured for the I2C and decoded. 1. Tap on the "I2C" shortcut. 2. Tap on the "Export" tab. 3. If necessary, enable "Include details". 4. If necessary, enable "Include timing".

  • Page 354: Uart (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) 2,C2h,-0.24914,'ACK' 3,B3h,-0.24903,'ACK' Details frame 3 Index,Formatted data,Ack bit start,Ack bit 1,E1h,-0.2488,'ACK' 2,C2h,-0.24869,'ACK' Details frame 4 Index,Formatted data,Ack bit start,Ack bit 1,F1h,-0.24846,'ACK' 2,C4h,-0.24835,'ACK' 3,B3h,-0.24824,'NACK' Details frame 5 Index,Formatted data,Ack bit start,Ack bit 1,DEh,-0.2479,'ACK'...

  • Page 355: Uart Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) [Data5] [Data6] [Data7] [Data8] [Parity] Stop Start Data0 Data1 Data2 Data3 Data4 Figure 13-10: Bit order in a UART word (symbol) ● The start bit is a logic 0. ● The stop bits and the idle state are always logic 1.
  • Page 356 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) Protocol type Displays the protocol type to be decoded. Remote command: on page 704 SBUS<sb>:TYPE State Enables the decoding of the selected bus. The signal icon of the bus appears on the signal bar.
  • Page 357 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) Bit order Selects the bit order, which determines if the data of the messages starts with MSB (most significant bit) or LSB (least significant bit). Remote command: on page 747 SBUS<sb>:UART:BORDer Polarity Defines the logic levels of the bus.
  • Page 358 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) "End word" Defines a pattern as end condition of a packet, for example, a reserved word like CR or LF. The bit pattern editor provides frequently used values in the "Predefined values" list below the pattern table.

  • Page 359: Uart Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) on page 751 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:HYSTeresis on page 751 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:THReshold Show threshold lines If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram. The label of the threshold line is set according to the signal that it is referring to, see...
  • Page 360 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset The following settings help you select the frames and errors you want to filter for. Only the frames and error types that match the selected filter conditions are displayed.
  • Page 361 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) "Field" Enables the field type that you want to filter on for the selected frame. The available field is "Data". Remote command: on page 759 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FIENable SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle on page 759 "Condition"...

  • Page 362: Uart Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.4.4 UART trigger 13.4.4.1 UART trigger settings Access: [Apps] > "Protocol" > "UART" > "Shortcuts" > "Setup trigger" Type Selects the trigger condition. Some trigger types have additional settings that can be defined. In this case, the "Set details"...

  • Page 363: Uart Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) Data conditions Specify the data conditions if the trigger type is set to "Data". Data ← Data conditions Selects the operator for the "Data" pattern. Remote command: on page 753 TRIGger:UART:FCONdition Value ←...
  • Page 364 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) Figure 13-11: Decoded and binary UART signal Blue = Start and stop bits if ok = Start error, stop error, parity error Cyan = Parity bit if ok Gold = Word ok Magenta = Word contains error The "Decode results"...

  • Page 365: Performing Uart Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) The "Export results" dialog opens. For details, see Chapter 13.1.7, "Export protocol results", on page 318. 2. Select the details that you want to export and the file format. 3. Tap "Save as".
  • Page 366 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) 7. Set the "Data bits". Typical value is 7 or 8. 8. Set the "Stop bits". Typical value is 1. 9. Set the "Parity" to "None", "Odd" or "Even". 10. Set "Bit order" to "MSB" or "LSB first".
  • Page 367 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis UART (option R&S MXO4-K510) 13.4.6.2 Triggering on UART Prerequisites: A bus is configured for the UART signal to be analyzed. See Configuring UART signals. 1. Open "Menu" > "Trigger". 2. Set "Trigger on" to "Single event".

  • Page 368: Can (Option R&S Mxo4-K520)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Prerequisites: A bus is configured for the UART and decoded. 1. Tap on the "UART / RS232" shortcut. 2. Tap on the "Export" tab. 3. If necessary, enable "Include details". 4. If necessary, enable "Include timing".

  • Page 369: Can Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) ● CAN XL: an advanced version of the CAN protocol designed to handle higher data rates and larger payloads compared to classical CAN and CAN FD. Required options and equipment For performing CAN decode measurements, you need the following equipment: ●...
  • Page 370 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Make sure that the tab of the correct serial bus is selected. Protocol type Displays the protocol type to be decoded. Remote command: on page 704 SBUS<sb>:TYPE State Enables the decoding of the selected bus. The signal icon of the bus appears on the signal bar.
  • Page 371 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) FD bit rate Sets the number of transmitted bits per second for the CAN FD frame. Remote command: on page 764 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FDATa:DBITrate FD sample point Sets the position of the sample point within the bit in percent of the nominal bit time for the CAN FD frame.
  • Page 372 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Threshold Sets the threshold for the SIC and Fast channels. Enter the value directly in the fields. Additional to the threshold, you can also set a hysteresis. Remote command: on page 765 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FAST:HYSTeresis...
  • Page 373 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Decode layer Selects the decode layer. Decoding is performed in several steps, and the end results are presented in the decode table. The decode layer selects an interim step for which the decoding result is shown in the honeycomb display.
  • Page 374 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) 13.5.1.4 CAN symbols For the CAN protocol, you can upload symbol lists containing IDs and a symbolic name for each node. You can load a file in one of the supported formats: DBC and CSV.

  • Page 375: Can Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) 11,1BCh,TP_Console 11,333h,ABSdata 11,313h,Door_Left 11,314h,Door_Right 29,01A54321h,Throttle 29,13A00FA2h,LightState 29,0630ABCDh,Engine_Status 29,03B1C002h,Airbag_Status 29,01234ABCh,NM_Gateway # ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13.5.2 CAN filter Access: [Apps] key > "Protocol" tab > "CAN" > "Filter" tab In the "Filter" tab, you can define the settings to display only the frames that match the selected filter conditions.
  • Page 376 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Invert" Inverts the current state of the frame and error types: all frames and error types that were enabled are disabled and vice versa. "Reset" Resets the state of the selected frames and error types.

  • Page 377: Can Trigger Settings

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Field" Enables the field type that you want to filter on for the selected frame. The available fields are "ID", "RTR", "ITE", "RLC" and "Data". Remote command: on page 780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FIENable SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle...
  • Page 378 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Type Selects the trigger type for CAN analysis. Some trigger types have additional settings that can be defined. In this case, the "Set details" button appears next to "Type" the function. Open it for a detailed definition of the trigger conditions.
  • Page 379 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Identifier" Sets the trigger to a specific message identifier or an identifier range. "Identifier + Data" Sets the trigger to a combination of identifier and data condition. The instrument triggers at the end of the last byte of the specified data pattern.
  • Page 380 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Remote command: on page 768 TRIGger:CAN:TYPE Frame type CAN has different frame types which can be used as trigger condition. Depending on the selected frame, you can specify further parameters. "CBFF"...
  • Page 381 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "CEFF-R" Classical extended frame format remote: supports a length of 29 bit for the CAN identifier. The remote frame initiates the transmission of data by another node. The frame format is the same as of data frames but without the data field.
  • Page 382 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "XLFF" XL frame format: supports a length of 29 bit for the CAN identifier. "Error" When a node recognizes an error, it cancels transmission by sending an error frame. The ID type is irrelevant for error frames.
  • Page 383 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Remote command: on page 770 TRIGger:CAN:DLC on page 770 TRIGger:CAN:DLCCondition Data pattern Specifies the data pattern. "Condition" Sets the comparison condition to a specific value or a range. "Value" Specifies the value or sets the start value of a range.
  • Page 384 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Remote command: on page 775 TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:SDT:CONDition on page 775 TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:SDT:MAX on page 775 TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:SDT:MIN VCID Specifies a value or a range for the virtual CAN network ID (VCID). "Condition" Sets the comparison condition to a specific value or a range.
  • Page 385 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Form error" A form error occurs when a fixed-form bit field contains one or more illegal bits. "Bit stuffing The frame segments Start of Frame, Arbitration Field, Control Field, error" Data Field and CRC Sequence are coded by the bit stuffing method.

  • Page 386: Can Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) 13.5.4 CAN decode results When the configuration of the serial bus is complete, the signal can be decoded: 1. Open the "Serial Bus" dialog for the respective bus. 2. In the "Setup" tab, enable "State".
  • Page 387 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Column Description "Type" Frame type "Symbol" Symbolic name defined in the symbol list "Identifier" Identifier value, hexadecimal value "DLC" Data length code, coded number of data bytes "Values" Value of the data frame. Remote frames do not transmit data, therefore "- - -" is displayed "Nominal bit rate"...

  • Page 388: Performing Can Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Data format You can select various data formats for the values displayed in the decode table and in the combs of the decoded signal. Remote command: ● on page 704 SBUS<sb>:FORMat Export of decode results 1.
  • Page 389 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) 5. Tap on "Data" and select the correct channel. 6. Set the CAN "Type", depending on whether you use single-ended or differential probe: a) For single-ended probes, connect the probe to either CAN-L or CAN-H. Set the "Type"...
  • Page 390 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) a) Tap on "Set details". b) Select the "Frame type". According to the selected type, different settings are available. c) Set the "Identifier" or an identifier range. d) Set the "DLC" or a DLC range.
  • Page 391 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) a) Tap on "Set details". b) Select the "ID type". c) Set the "Identifier" or an identifier range. d) Set the "DLC" or a DLC range. e) Set the "Data" or a data range.
  • Page 392 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis CAN (option R&S MXO4-K520) b) Select one or more error conditions that you want to trigger on: ● "Form error" ● "Bit stuffing error" ● "Stuff count error" ● "Ack error" ● "Checksum error" 13.5.5.3...

  • Page 393: Lin (Option R&S Mxo4-K520)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) – Index – Data Example of CAN export file Index,Start,Stop,State,Type,ID value,DLC,Nominal bit rate,Data bit rate,CRC,BRS,ESI,SBC,SDT, SEC,VCID,AF,PCRC 1,-0.19,-0.188,'OK','XLFF',064h,7FFh,1000000,10000000,0000AABBh,-,-,6h,FFh,1b,AAh,0000ABCDh,01 2,-0.188311,-0.188243,'OK','CBFF',064h,3h,1000000,1000000,35CEh,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- 3,-0.188239,-0.188195,'OK','CBFR',064h,3h,1000000,1000000,5AA0h,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- 4,-0.188191,-0.188157,'OK','FBFF',064h,2h,1000000,5000000,035FFh,0b,1b,Eh,-,-,-,-,- 5,-0.188153,-0.188075,'OK','CEFF',01401B26h,2h,1000000,1000000,32A0h,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- 6,-0.188071,-0.188008,'OK','CEFR',01900064h,3h,1000000,1000000,32AAh,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- 7,-0.188004,-0.187951,'OK','FEFF',01900064h,3h,1000000,5000000,032AAh,1b,0b,Fh,-,-,-,-,- 8,-0.187947,-0.187899,'OK','XLFF',064h,046h,1000000,10000000,000032AAh,-,-,6h,03h,0b,0Ah,0000A 9,-0.187895,-0.187881,'INC','ERR',---,---,1000000,1000000,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- 10,-0.187877,-0.187863,'UNKN','OVER',---,---,1000000,1000000,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,- Details frame 2 Index,Data 1,D0h...

  • Page 394: Lin Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Required options and equipment For performing LIN decode measurements, you need the following equipment: ● MXO 4 with 1 available channel. The channel can be: – Analog channels (C1-C4) – Logic channels (D0-D15) (requires option R&S MXO4-B1) ●...
  • Page 395 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Remote command: on page 796 SBUS<sb>:LIN:DATA:SOURce Polarity Defines the idle state of the bus. The idle state is the recessive state and corresponds to a logic high. Remote command: on page 797 SBUS<sb>:LIN:POLarity...

  • Page 396: Lin Trigger Settings

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Remote command: on page 796 SBUS<sb>:LIN:DATA:THReshold on page 796 SBUS<sb>:LIN:DATA:HYSTeresis Show threshold lines If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram. The label of the threshold line is set according to the signal that it is referring to, see...
  • Page 397 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Identifier" Sets the trigger to one specific identifier or an identifier range. Enter only the 6-bit identifier without parity bits, not the protected identifier. Description of trigger type specific settings: Identifier setup: Condi- tion, Frame ID min, Frame ID max.

  • Page 398: Lin Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Condition Sets the operator to define a specific data pattern ("Equal" or "Not equal") or a range smaller or bigger than a specific pattern. "Pattern" Defines the data pattern. "Position" Sets the number of data events that are ignored, before trigger condi- tion check of the data starts.
  • Page 399 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) In the "Filter" tab, you can define the settings to display only the frames that match the selected filter conditions. Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset The following settings help you select the frames and errors you want to filter for. Only the frames and error types that match the selected filter conditions are displayed.
  • Page 400 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) Frame type Selects the frame type that you want to display. You can filter all enabled frame types simultaneously. For each frame type, you can also specify conditions for the value of the fields in the "Edit"...

  • Page 401: Lin Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) "Data" The data setup consists of a comparison condition and one or two data patterns. Remote command: on page 803 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:DMAX SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX on page 803 on page 803 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:DMIN SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN on page 803 on page 804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:DOPerator...
  • Page 402 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.

  • Page 403: Performing Lin Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) The "Export results" dialog opens. For details, see Chapter 13.1.7, "Export protocol results", on page 318. 2. Select the details that you want to export and the file format. 3. Tap "Save as".
  • Page 404 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis LIN (option R&S MXO4-K520) If not try adjusting the vertical and horizontal settings. 9. Set the logical thresholds: a) Tap "Threshold setup". The threshold dialog opens. b) For each wire, set the threshold value. A typical value is 3.5 V.

  • Page 405: Spmi (Option R&S Mxo4-K550)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) – Identifier – – Checksum – Bit rate ● The details frames include the following fields: – Index – State – Value Example of LIN export file Index,Start,Stop,State,Identifier,PID,Checksum,Bit rate 1,-3.44,-3.43375,'OK',02h,C2h,D0h,20000 2,-3.43325,-3.427,'OK',22h,22h,30h,20000 3,-3.4265,-3.42025,'OK',12h,92h,B0h,20000...

  • Page 406: Spmi Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) 13.7.1 SPMI configuration 13.7.1.1 SPMI configuration settings Access: [Apps] key > "Protocol" tab > "SPMI" > "Setup". Make sure that the tab of the correct serial bus is selected. Protocol type Displays the protocol type to be decoded.
  • Page 407 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) Use GSID, GSID (hex) Enables the use of the group sub ID (GSID). You can then enter a value for the "GSID (hex)". Remote command: on page 813 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:GSIDenable on page 812 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:GIDValue...

  • Page 408: Spmi Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) on page 814 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SCLK:HYSTeresis on page 814 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SDATa:HYSTeresis Show threshold lines If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram. The label of the threshold line is set according to the signal that it is referring to, see...
  • Page 409 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) In the "Filter" tab, you can define the settings to display only the frames that match the selected filter conditions. Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset The following settings help you select the frames and errors you want to filter for. Only the frames and error types that match the selected filter conditions are displayed.
  • Page 410 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) Frame type Selects the frame type that you want to display. You can filter all enabled frame types simultaneously. For each frame type, you can also specify conditions for the value of the fields in the "Edit"...

  • Page 411: Spmi Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) "Data" The data setup consists of a comparison condition and one or two data patterns. Remote command: on page 819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DMAX SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX on page 819 on page 819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DMIN SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN on page 819 on page 819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DOPerator...
  • Page 412 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) The color-coding of the various protocol sections and errors simplifies the interpretation of the visual display. The decode information condenses or expands, depending on the horizontal scale. Various data formats are available to show the result values.

  • Page 413: Performing Spmi Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) Remote command: ● on page 704 SBUS<sb>:FORMat Export of decode results 1. In the protocol "Shortcuts" tab, press "Export results". The "Export results" dialog opens. For details, see Chapter 13.1.7, "Export protocol results",...

  • Page 414: 10Base-T1S (Option R&S Mxo4-K560)

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) 13.8 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) 10BASE-T1S technology provides a 10 Mbit/s, multidrop transmission over a single pair physical layer. It is an IEEE standard, defined in the IEEE standard 802.3cg-2019 specification.
  • Page 415 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) Remote command: on page 828 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:SOURce 13.8.1.2 Threshold settings Access: [Apps] key > "Protocol" tab > "10Base -T1S" > "Thresholds". Threshold Sets the threshold for the data channel. Enter the value directly in the fields.

  • Page 416: 10Base-T1S Filter

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) Decoding is performed in several steps, and the end results are presented in the decode table. The decode layer selects an interim step for which the decoding result is shown in the honeycomb display.
  • Page 417 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) "Invert" Inverts the current state of the frame and error types: all frames and error types that were enabled are disabled and vice versa. "Reset" Resets the state of the selected frames and error types.

  • Page 418: 10Base-T1S Decode Results

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) "Field" Enables the field type that you want to filter on for the selected frame. The available fields are "Dest", "Src", "Len/Type" and "Data". Remote command: on page 833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FIENable SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle on page 833 "Condition"...
  • Page 419 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) 1. Open the "Serial Bus" dialog for the respective bus. 2. In the "Setup" tab, enable "State". 3. In the "Display" tab, enable "Show decode table". For a description of the display settings, see also Chapter 13.1.4,...

  • Page 420: Performing 10Base-T1S Decoding

    MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) Column Description Frame Check (Cyclic Redundancy Code, CRC) Bit rate Value of the bit rate Table 13-14: Content of the Details frame table Column Description Label Label of the field State...
  • Page 421 MXO 4 Series Protocol analysis 10BASE-T1S (option R&S MXO4-K560) 2. Select the tab of the bus that you want to set up, for example "SB1". 3. Tap the "Protocol type" button. Select the protocol: "10BASE-T1S". 4. Tap on "State" to enable the decoding.

  • Page 422: Mixed Signal Option (Mso, R&S Mxo4-B1)

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration 14 Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) The Mixed Signal Option R&S MXO4-B1 adds logic analyzer functions to the classical oscilloscope functions. Using the MSO option, you can analyze and debug embedded systems with mixed-signal designs that use analog signals and correlated digital sig- nals simultaneously.
  • Page 423 MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration State Enables the selected logic group. The corresponding signal icon appears on the signal bar. If another active bus already uses the same digital channel, the instrument disables the other bus and shows a message.
  • Page 424 MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration Technology, Threshold Sets the logical threshold. For each sample, the instrument compares the input voltage with the threshold value. If the input voltage is above the threshold, the signal state "1"...

  • Page 425: Bus

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration "Robust" Sets different hysteresis values for falling and rising edges to avoid an undefined state of the trigger system. Use this setting for very noisy signals. Remote command: on page 851 PBUS<pb>:HYSTeresis<n>...

  • Page 426: Label Settings

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration If the target file format is BIN, you can save only signed and unsigned binary data. The data format "Signed" writes signed data; all other formats are saved as unsigned binary data.

  • Page 427: Skew Settings

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Logic configuration In this tab, you can enter a name for each digital channel. The name is displayed in the diagram. on page 847 PBUS<pb>:BIT<n>:LABel 14.1.4 Skew settings Access: "Menu" > "Logic" > "Skew" tab...

  • Page 428: Display

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Display D0-D15 Sets an individual delay for each digital channel to time-align it with other digital chan- nels. The skew value compensates delays that are known from the circuit specifics or caused by the different length of cables.

  • Page 429: Logic Bus - Decode Table

    MXO 4 Series Mixed signal option (MSO, R&S MXO4-B1) Display You can adjust the display of the logic bus signals and the individual digital channels to optimize the analysis of bus data: ● Show the digital channels which are assigned to the bus, drag them to the optimal position, and scale them.

  • Page 430: Waveform Generator (Option R&S Mxo4-B6)

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator 15 Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4- The MXO 4 includes a two-channel 100 MHz waveform generator which can generate a wide range of waveform and modulation types.
  • Page 431 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator State Enables the function generator. Remote command: on page 862 WGENerator<wg>[:ENABle] Inversion Inverts the waveform at the offset level. Remote command: on page 861 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:INVersion Function type Selects the type of waveform to be generated.
  • Page 432 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator "Sine" Generates a sine wave. "Square" Generates a square wave. "Ramp" Generates a ramp signal. You can set the Symmetry. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 433 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator "DC" Generates a direct current (DC) signal. "Pulse" Generates a pulse signal. Additional settings are the Pulse width. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 434 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator "Cardinal sine" Generates a cardinal sine wave. "Cardiac" Generates a cardiac signal. "Gauss" Generates a Gaussian signal. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 435 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator "Lorentz" Generates a Lorentz signal . "Exp. rise" Generates an exponential rise signal. "Exp. fall" Generates an exponential fall signal. User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...
  • Page 436 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator "Arbitrary" Generates an arbitrary waveform, which is copied from an existing waveform, or loaded from file. See Chapter 15.1.4, "Arbitrary wave- forms", on page 442. Remote command: on page 858 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion[:SELect]...
  • Page 437 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Remote command: on page 862 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage[:VPP] Offset Sets the vertical offset of the generated waveform. Remote command: on page 861 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:OFFSet Arbitrary Setup Opens a menu to configure the arbitrary waveform.

  • Page 438: Modulation Settings

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Pulse width Sets the pulse width, the pulse duration of the generated pulse waveform. Remote command: on page 858 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion:PULSe[:WIDTh] Default setup Presets the generator to a default setup. The default includes the following settings: ●...
  • Page 439 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Modulation state Enables or disables modulation. Modulation is available only for "Function type" = "Sine"/"Square". Remote command: on page 863 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation[:STATe] Modulation type Selects the modulation type, which defines how the carrier signal is modified.
  • Page 440 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Frequency Sets the frequency of the modulating waveform for AM/FM/PWM modulation. Remote command: on page 864 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:FREQuency on page 866 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:FM:FREQuency on page 869 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:FREQuency Depth Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for AM modulation.

  • Page 441: Sweep Settings

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator FSK rate Sets the frequency at which signal switches between "Frequency 1" and "Frequency 2". Remote command: on page 867 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:FSK[:RATE] 15.1.3 Sweep settings Sweep is available only for sine waveforms.

  • Page 442: Arbitrary Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Start frequency Sets the start frequency of the sweep signal. Remote command: on page 873 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:FSTart Stop frequency Sets the stop frequency of the sweep signal. Remote command: on page 874 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:FEND...
  • Page 443 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Time values are ignored. You can specify just rate and voltage values as below: Rate = 5000000 //Sample rate of the arbitrary waveform -5.995 //Voltage value 1 -6.0...
  • Page 444 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator mode........................444 single........................444 Arbitrary Setup......................444 Arb wfm source......................445 Sample rate.........................445 Number of samples..................... 445 Open........................... 445 Run mode Selects the duration for which the signal of the arbitrary generator is output after the trigger event.
  • Page 445 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Setup of the waveform generator Arb wfm source Selects the source of the arbitrary waveform. You can load CSV files that follow a defined structure, or saved reference waveforms. See also: "Open"...

  • Page 446: Synchronize Settings

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Synchronize settings Remote command: on page 871 WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen:NAME on page 871 WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen:OPEN 15.2 Synchronize settings Access: "Menu" > "Apps" > "Gen1" > "Synchronisation" tab. Synchron start Selects, which signals generated from the waveform generator are synchronized.

  • Page 447: Configuring The Waveform Generator

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Configuring the waveform generator Remote command: on page 875 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling:AMPLitude Amplitude parameters Couples all amplitude parameters of "Gen1" and "Gen2" including the load. The values are taken from the currently selected generator.
  • Page 448 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Configuring the waveform generator 2. Select the tab of the generator that you want to configure: "Gen"1 or "Gen"2. 3. In the "Setup" tab, set the "Function type" = "Sine". 4. Press "Modulation" to open the modulation dialog.

  • Page 449: Configuring A Sine Sweep Waveform

    MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Configuring the waveform generator 8. Press "Back" to return to the "Setup" tab. 9. Set "State" = "On" to output the waveform at the output connector of the waveform generator. Generating a PWM modulated waveform 1.
  • Page 450 MXO 4 Series Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Configuring the waveform generator Generating an arbitrary waveform from a saved file If you want to output single periods of the arbitrary waveform, first set up the generator, and then connect the DUT.

  • Page 451: Network Operation And Remote Control

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Connecting the instrument to the network (LAN) 16 Network operation and remote control The operating system is the basis of the instrument's firmware, it provides basic func- tions such as logon, password protection, virus protection, and connection to a net- work.

  • Page 452: Connecting The Instrument To The Network

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Connecting the instrument to the network (LAN) 16.1.1 Connecting the instrument to the network There are two methods to establish a LAN connection to the instrument: ● A non-dedicated network (Ethernet) connection from the instrument to an existing network.

  • Page 453: Web Interface

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface Each instrument is delivered with an assigned host name, but you can change this name. The default host name is the device name, a non-case-sensitive string with the follow- ing syntax: <instrument_model>-<serial_number>.

  • Page 454: Web Browser

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface 16.2.2 Web browser The instrument's web interface works with all W3C compliant browsers. 1. Open a browser on a computer connected to the instrument via LAN. 2. Type the instrument's host name or IP address in the address field of the browser on your PC, e.g.
  • Page 455 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface ● "Advanced configuration" provides LAN settings that are not declared mandatory by the standard. ● "Ping client" provides the ping utility to verify the connection between the instru- ment and other devices.
  • Page 456 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface Ping client Ping is a utility that verifies the connection between the instrument and another device. The ping command uses the ICMP echo request and echo reply packets to determine whether the LAN connection is functional.
  • Page 457 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface 16.2.2.2 Web control "Web Control" emulates the front panel and shows the instrument display. You see a live image of the instrument, and you can operate the instrument remotely. You can use the keys, the knobs and the menus in the same way as directly on the instrument.
  • Page 458 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Web interface ● Download files from the instrument to the operating computer. Multiple files selec- tion is possible. ● Preview file content of text files with maximum size of 500 kbyte. After attaching a USB flash device, creating a screenshot or other actions, the file man- ager might not display the last change: ►...

  • Page 459: Remote Operation With Vnc Client

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control 6. Leave the "User name" and "Password" empty. Click "OK". If there are problems with the connection, check if the "WebClient" service is running: "Task Manager" > "Services" tab. If the "WebClient" service is not running, start it.
  • Page 460 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control Table 16-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Protocols, VISA address string Remarks Local Area Protocol HiSLIP The LAN connector is located on rear panel of the Network instrument. VISA address string: (LAN) TCPIP::<host address>::...

  • Page 461: Starting And Stopping Remote Control

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control Example: HiSLIP IP address is 192.1.2.3: the valid resource string is: TCPIP::192.1.2.3::hislip0 Instrument name is RSRT1: the valid resource string is: TCPIP::RSRT1::hislip0. DNS host name is MXO 4-123456: the valid resource string is: TCPIP::MXO 4-123456::hislip0.

  • Page 462: Remote Control - Status Reporting System

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system ● Use the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF command. 16.4.2.3 Returning to manual operation The instrument switches back to manual operation when the remote connection is closed. Besides, you can return to manual operation manually or via remote control.
  • Page 463 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system PPSupply Error/event Output POVerload queue buffer COVerload TEMPerature ADCState GOVerloadN NOALigndata LIMit -&- MARGin -&- IMPrecise -&- -&- PLLunlock RQS/MSS -&- STATus:QUEStionable STATus:OPERation CALibrating AUToset MEASuring...

  • Page 464: Structure Of A Scpi Status Register

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system The output buffer contains the messages that the instrument returns to the control- ler. It is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB and thus is represented in the overview.

  • Page 465: Contents Of The Status Registers

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system The Negative-TRansition part also acts as a transition filter. When a bit of the CONDition part is changed from 1 to 0, the associated NTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1.
  • Page 466 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Table 16-2: Meaning of the bits used in the status byte Bit No. Meaning 0...1 Not used Error Queue not empty The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue. If this bit is enabled by the SRE, each entry of the error queue generates a service request.
  • Page 467 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Bit No. Meaning Query error This bit is set if the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having sent a query. It is also set if the controller does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the instrument instead.
  • Page 468 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Bit No. Meaning WTRIgger Available only for single acquisitions or the first acquisition of continuous acquisitions. The wait for trigger status bit indicates that the instrument is ready to trigger, and the pre-trigger time is expired.
  • Page 469 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Meaning PLLunlock This bit is set if a phase-locked loop process is unlocked. There are two reasons: ● external reference is missing or defect ● hardware defect of internal PLL For future use.

  • Page 470: Error Queue

    MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Example: The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g. the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus byte) are set.
  • Page 471 MXO 4 Series Network operation and remote control Remote control - status reporting system Event DCL, SDC *RST or STATus: *CLS PRESet SYSTem: (Device PRESet Clear, Selected Device Clear) Clear output buffer Clear command processing and input buffer 1) The first command in a command line that immediately follows a <PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINA- TOR>...

  • Page 472: Remote Control Commands

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Conventions used in remote command description 17 Remote control commands This chapter describes all remote commands available for MXO 4 and provides exam- ples and information how to use the commands. For general information on remote control of Rohde & Schwarz products via SCPI, refer to www.rohde-schwarz.com/rc-via-scpi.

  • Page 473: Finding The Appropriate Command

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Frequently used parameters and suffixes The default unit is used for numeric values if no other unit is provided with the parameter. 17.2 Finding the appropriate command In the following chapters, the commands are sorted according to the menu and dialog structure of the instrument.

  • Page 474: Slope Parameter

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Programming examples Waveform Description PBUS1 | PBUS2 | PBUS3 | PBUS4 Digital buses (option R&S MXO4-B1) SPECMAXH1 | SPECMINH1 | SPECNORM1 | Spectrum traces: SPECAVER1 SPECMAXH1 : Spectrrum1 maxhold SPECMINH1: Spectrrum1 minhold SPECNORM1: Spectrrum1 normal SPECAVER1: Spectrrum1 average 17.3.2 Slope parameter...
  • Page 475 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Programming examples ● Chapter 17.14.1, "Spectrum setup", on page 645 //Prepeare: 3 channel signals. //Enable C1, C2 and C3. CHAN1:STAT 1 CHAN2:STAT 1 CHAN3:STAT 1 //Create new diagrams for C2 and C3. //Assign sources C2 and C3 to these diagrams.
  • Page 476 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Programming examples //Add zoom to C3. The zoom is located in diagram 3. LAY:ZOOM:ENAB 1 LAY:ZOOM:SOUR 3 //Add a second layout with C1 and spectrum of C1. //By default, the new layout is empty.
  • Page 477 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Programming examples //Turn on spectrum of C1. //By default, the spectrum is set below its analog source, and into the next //free diagram (here diagram 2). CALC:SPEC:STAT 1 CALC:SPEC:FREQ:CENT 20e6 CALC:SPEC:FREQ:SPAN 4e6 CALC:SPEC:FREQ:SCAL 15 //Set C1 and spectrum side by side by changing the split type.

  • Page 478: Saving Screenshots To File

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Programming examples //Change zoom area. LAY2:ZOOM:HOR:MODE REL LAY2:ZOOM:HOR:REL:START 48 LAY2:ZOOM:HOR:REL:STOP 52 //Switch back to first layout (diagram set 1). LAY1:SACT 17.4.2 Saving screenshots to file The example saves three display images in png format to the files Print.png, Print_001.png, and Print_002.png on USB flash drive in the directory /run/...

  • Page 479: Data Transfer In Roll Mode

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Common commands Command description in: Chapter 17.11.6, "Screenshots", on page 610. In the following example *OPC prevents overlapping execution of asynchronous com- mands. ► Connect a USB flash drive to the instrument. SYST:DISP:UPD ON...
  • Page 480 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Common commands ...........................480 *CAL? ..........................480 *CLS ..........................480 *IDN? ..........................481 *OPC ...........................481 *OPT? ..........................481 *RCL ..........................481 *RST ..........................482 *SAV ..........................482 *SRE ...........................482 *STB? ..........................482 *TRG ..........................482 *WAI *CAL? Starts a self-alignment of the instrument, and then queries a status response. Return values ≠...
  • Page 481 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Common commands Manual operation: "Instrument" on page 75 *OPC Operation complete Sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have been execu- ted. This bit can be used to initiate a service request. The query writes a "1" into the output buffer when all preceding commands have been executed, which is useful for command synchronization.
  • Page 482 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Common commands *SAV <Number> Save Stores the current instrument settings under the specified number in an intermediate memory. The settings can be recalled using the command with the associated *RCL number. Waveform generator settings are not included.

  • Page 483: General Remote Settings

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands General remote settings 17.6 General remote settings This chapter describes commands that affect many other remote commands in differ- ent applications of the instrument......................483 FORMat[:DATA] ......................484 FORMat:BPATtern ....................484 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ................. 484 SYSTem:DISPlay:MESSage:STATe .................485...
  • Page 484 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands General remote settings Example: FORMat:DATA REAL,32 FORMat:DATA? REAL,32 Usage: SCPI confirmed Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Transfer data format" on page 78 FORMat:BPATtern <BtPattFmt> Sets the number format for remote bit pattern queries on serial protocols.

  • Page 485: Instrument Setup

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup SYSTem:DISPlay:MESSage[:TEXT] <DisplayMessage> Defines an additional text that is displayed during remote control operation. To enable the text display, use SYSTem:DISPlay:MESSage:STATe. Parameters: <DisplayMessage> Usage: Asynchronous command 17.7 Instrument setup ● System........................485 ●...
  • Page 486 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Parameters: <Year> Year, to be entered as a four-digit number (including the century and millennium information) Range: 2012 to 2099 Increment: 1 *RST: 2012 <Month> Month, 1 (January) to 12 (December) Range:...

  • Page 487: Smartgrid

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command SYSTem:FW:STARt Starts the firmware update. Before starting, make sure that the correct path is set with SYSTem:FW:FILepath. Usage: Event SCPI confirmed Asynchronous command SYSTem:TIME <Hours>,<Minutes>,<Seconds> Returns the current time of the clock.
  • Page 488 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup .......................488 LAYout<ly>:COUNt? ...................... 488 LAYout<ly>[:ENABle] ......................488 LAYout<ly>:ACTive ...................... 489 LAYout<ly>:SACTive ......................489 LAYout<ly>:LABel ................. 489 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:COUNt? ................489 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>[:ENABle] .................490 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:SOURce ..................490 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:LABel ..................490 LAYout<ly>:NODE<no>:COUNt? ..................491 LAYout<ly>:NODE<no>[:ENABle] ............491 LAYout<ly>:NODE<no>:CHILdren<o>:CONTent<p>:ID ..........491...
  • Page 489 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Parameters: <ActiveKey> Index of the active layout Usage: Asynchronous command LAYout<ly>:SACTive Activates the specified SmartGrid configuration. The command has the same effect as but it has no query, and the active layout is specified by the suf- LAYout<ly>:ACTive...
  • Page 490 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup <da> 1...8, index of the diagram Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Example: Chapter 17.4.1, "SmartGrid layout with zoom", on page 474. Usage: Asynchronous command LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:SOURce <SignalKeys> Assigns the waveforms to a diagram.
  • Page 491 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup LAYout<ly>:NODE<no>[:ENABle] <State> Creates the specified node in the specified layout. OFF deletes the node and its chil- dren. The query returns whether the specified node exists (1) or not (0). Suffix: <ly>...

  • Page 492: Toolbar

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Parameters: <Type> NONE | DIAG | DIAGRAM | RES | RESULT | NODE DIAG = DIAGRAM, RES = RESULT *RST: NONE Example: Chapter 17.4.1, "SmartGrid layout with zoom", on page 474. Usage: Asynchronous command LAYout<ly>:NODE<no>:RATio <SplitRatio>...

  • Page 493: Appearance

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup DISPlay:TOOLbar:COUNt? Returns the number of tools that are currently assigned to the toolbar. Return values: <ToolCount> Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command DISPlay:TOOLbar:DESelect Removes all tools from the toolbar.
  • Page 494 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup DISPlay:COLor:SIGNal:COLor <Signal>,<Value> Sets the color of the selected waveform. Parameters: <Value> Decimal value of the ARGB color. Use the color dialog box on the instrument to get the hex value of the color, and convert the hex value to a decimal value.
  • Page 495 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup 17.7.4.2 Grid appearance ..................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:CROSshair .....................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:FINegrid ....................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:GRID ....................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:LABels ....................496 DISPlay:DIAGram:XFIXed ....................496 DISPlay:DIAGram:YFIXed DISPlay:DIAGram:CROSshair <Crosshair> If selected, a crosshair is displayed in the diagram area. A crosshair allows you to select a specific data point by its coordinates.
  • Page 496 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Parameters: <ShowLabels> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show labels" on page 86 DISPlay:DIAGram:XFIXed <XGridFixed> If enabled, the vertical grid lines remain in their position when the horizontal position is changed.
  • Page 497 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup DISPlay:DIALog:TRANsparency <DialogTransp> Sets the transparency of the dialog box background. For high transparency values, you can see the waveform display in the background, and possibly check the effect of the changed setting. For lower transparency values, readability in the dialog box improves.

  • Page 498: Display

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup 17.7.5 Display ● Persistence......................498 ● Signal........................499 ● Backlight........................500 ● Clear results......................500 ● Save/Recall......................501 17.7.5.1 Persistence ..................498 DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite ..................498 DISPlay:PERSistence:RESet .................... 498 DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME ..................499 DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe] DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite <State> If infinite persistence is enabled, each new waveform point remains on the screen until this option is disabled.
  • Page 499 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe] <State> If enabled, each new data point in the diagram area remains on the screen for the duration defined using DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME, or as long as DISPlay: is enabled. PERSistence:INFinite If disabled, the signal value is only displayed as long as it actually occurs.
  • Page 500 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup 17.7.5.3 Backlight ..................500 DISPlay:BACKlight[:BRIGtness] ................... 500 DISPlay:BACKlight:DIMMing DISPlay:BACKlight[:BRIGtness] <LCDIntensity> Sets the background luminosity of the touchscreen. Parameters: <LCDIntensity> Range: 5 to 100 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Brightness"...
  • Page 501 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup 17.7.5.5 Save/Recall Autonaming ..................501 MMEMory:AUTonaming:PREFix ..................501 MMEMory:AUTonaming:TIME ..................501 MMEMory:AUTonaming:INDex .................... 501 MMEMory:AUSave:ENABle .................... 501 MMEMory:AUSave:INTerval ................... 502 MMEMory:AUTonaming:USERtext ................502 MMEMory:AUTonaming:DEFaultpath ..................502 MMEMory:AUTonaming:RESall ..................502 MMEMory:AUTonaming:RESPath ..................503 MMEMory:AUTonaming:TEXT MMEMory:AUTonaming:PREFix <MainNmeStemSt>...
  • Page 502 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Parameters: <AutosaveIntvl> Range: 1 to 360000 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Enable autosave" on page 102 MMEMory:AUTonaming:USERtext <NmeStringSt> If enabled, inserts the specified user text after the prefix.

  • Page 503: Maintenance

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup MMEMory:AUTonaming:TEXT <NameString> Defines a text that can be included in the autonaming pattern. Parameters: <NameString> String parameter Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "User text" on page 101 CSV export EXPort:RESult:DELimiter <Delimiter> Selects the list separator symbol from a list. Available are semicolon, comma, space, tab and colon.
  • Page 504 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Instrument setup Manual operation: "Date, Time, Overall alignment state" on page 98 CALibration:RESult? Returns the result of the last self-alignment and the current alignment status. In remote mode, *CAL? provides more detailed information. Return values: <ResultState>...

  • Page 505: Acquisition And Setup

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup 17.8 Acquisition and setup 17.8.1 Starting and stopping acquisition ........................505 RUNCont ..........................505 ........................505 RUNSingle ..........................505 SINGle ........................... 505 STOP RUNCont Starts the continuous acquisition. Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "[Run / Stop]"...
  • Page 506 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup AUToscale Performs an autoset process: analyzes the enabled channel signals, and obtains appropriate horizontal, vertical, and trigger settings to display stable waveforms. Rohde & Schwarz does not recommend using the autoset in remote control. To adjust the oscilloscope remotely, especially for automated testing applications, use the remote commands that adjust the horizontal, vertical and trigger settings.

  • Page 507: Roll Mode

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup TIMebase:HORizontal:POSition <Position> Defines the time distance between the reference point and the trigger point, which is the zero point of the diagram. The horizontal position is also known as trigger offset.
  • Page 508 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup TIMebase:ROLL:MTIMe <MinAcquTime> Sets the minimum acquisition time for automatic start of the roll mode. Parameters: <MinAcquTime> Range: 0.5 to 100000 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start roll time"...

  • Page 509: Vertical Setup

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Return values: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Mode" on page 108 17.8.4 Vertical setup The channel suffix <ch> selects the input channel that is affected by the command.
  • Page 510 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Parameters: <Scale> Range: 0.001 to 1 Increment: 0.001 *RST: 0.05 Default unit: Depends on the connected probe Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "[Scale]" on page 43 CHANnel<ch>:RANGe <Range> Sets the voltage range across the 10 vertical divisions of the diagram. The command is an alternative to CHANnel<ch>:SCALe.
  • Page 511 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Parameters: <Position> Positive values move up the waveform, negative values move it down. Range: -5 to 5 Increment: 0.02 *RST: Default unit: div Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "[Position]" on page 43 CHANnel<ch>:COUPling <Value>...
  • Page 512 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Invert channel" on page 122 DISPlay:SIGNal:LABel <Signal>,<Label> Defines and assigns a label to the specified channel waveform. Parameters: <Label> String with the waveform label Setting parameters: <Signal>...
  • Page 513 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup B700 | B500 | B350 | B200 | B100 | B50 | B20 Sets a bandwidth limit lower than the maximum. The number indicates the bandwidth limit in MHz. B1G5 | B1G Sets the bandwidth limit to 1500 MHz or 1000 MHz if these val- ues are lower than the maximum.

  • Page 514: Waveform Data Export

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup CHANnel<ch>:IMPedance <Impedance> Sets the impedance of the connected probe for power calculations and measurements. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <Impedance> Range: 0.1 to 100000 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: Ω...

  • Page 515: Acquisition Setup

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup CHANnel<ch>:DATA:VALues? [<Offset>[,<Length>]] Returns the data of the channel waveform points for transmission from the instrument to the controlling computer. The data can be used in MATLAB, for example. Without parameters, the complete waveform is retrieved. Using the offset and length parameters, data can be retrieved in smaller portions, which makes the command faster.
  • Page 516 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup .....................518 ACQuire:POINts:MAXimum ....................518 ACQuire:POINts:MODE .......................518 ACQuire:RESolution ....................519 ACQuire:SRATe[:VALue] ....................519 ACQuire:SRATe:MINimum ....................519 ACQuire:SRATe:MODE ......................520 ACQuire:SRReal ......................520 ACQuire:TYPE ACQuire:AVAilable? Number of acquisitions that is saved in the memory and available for history viewing. It is also the number of acquisitions in a fast segmentation acquisition series.
  • Page 517 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup ACQuire:CURRent? Returns the current number of acquisitions that have been acquired. Return values: <CurrAcqCnt> Range: 0 to 18446744073709551615 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command ACQuire:INTerpolate <IntpolMd> Selects the interpolation method.
  • Page 518 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Return values: <ADCSampleRate> Range: 5 Gsample/s (interleaved), 2,5 Gsample/s (non- interleaved) Default unit: Hz Usage: Query only Asynchronous command ACQuire:POINts:MAXimum <RecLengthLimit> Sets the maximum record length, if is set to AUTO.
  • Page 519 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Parameters: <Resolution> Range: 1E-15 to Device specific Increment: 1E-11 *RST: Device specific Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Resolution" on page 114 ACQuire:SRATe[:VALue] <SampleRate> Sets the number of waveform points per second if...

  • Page 520: Fast Segmentation

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup *RST: AUTO Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "SR mode" on page 112 ACQuire:SRReal <HWSampleRate> Returns the sample rate of the waveform after HW processing. Interpolation is not con- sidered. Parameters: <HWSampleRate>...

  • Page 521: Probes

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup ACQuire:SEGMented:MAX <MaxAcqs> If ON, the instrument acquires the maximum number of segments that can be stored in the memory. The maximum number depends on the current sample rate and record length settings.
  • Page 522 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Return values: <Attenuation> Range: 0.001 to 1000 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: V/V Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Attenuation" on page 127 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual <Attenuation> Sets the attenuation for an unknown probe.
  • Page 523 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Manual operation: "Predefined probe, name and type of the probe" on page 126 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT <Unit> Returns the unit of the connected probe if the probe is detected or predefined. For unknown probes, you can select the required unit.
  • Page 524 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup PROBe<ch>:SETup:OFFSet:AZERo Measures the zero error. Short the signal pin and the ground pin together and connect them to the ground of the DUT before sending the command. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel...
  • Page 525 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Return values: <State> DETected | NDETected *RST: NDETected Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Predefined probe, name and type of the probe"...
  • Page 526 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup PROBe<ch>:SETup:MODE <Mode> The micro button is located on the probe head. Pressing this button, you initiate an action on the instrument directly from the probe. The button is disabled during internal automatic processes, for example, during self-alignment, autoset, and level detection.
  • Page 527 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <ProbeCouplingAC> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "AC Coupling" on page 133 PROBe<ch>:SETup:CMOFfset <CMOffset> Sets the common-mode offset to compensate for a common DC voltage that is applied to both input sockets (referenced to the ground socket).
  • Page 528 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup PROBe<ch>:SETup:ZAXV <AttenuationZA15> If you use the external attenuator R&S RT-ZA15 together with one of the differential active probes R&S RT-ZD10/20/30, enable "RT-ZA15 attenuator" to include the exter- nal attenuation in the measurements.
  • Page 529 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon? Returns the R&S ProbeMeter measurement result of differential active R&S probes: the common mode voltage, which is the mean voltage between the signal sockets and the ground socket. Suffix: <ch>...
  • Page 530 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "ProbeMeter" on page 130 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive? Returns the R&S ProbeMeter measurement result of differential active R&S probes: the voltage that is measured between the positive signal socket and the ground.
  • Page 531 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Manual operation: "Bandwidth limit" on page 135 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe <ProbeRange> Sets the voltage range of an R&S RT-ZHD probe. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <ProbeRange> AUTO | MHIGh | MLOW AUTO The voltage range is set with CHANnel<ch>:SCALe.
  • Page 532 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup PROBe<ch>:SETup:PRMode <MeasMode> Sets the measurement mode of modular probes. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <MeasMode> DMODe | CMODe | PMODe | NMODe DMODe Differential mode input voltage (V ), the voltage between the positive and negative input terminal.
  • Page 533 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <DMOffset> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command PROBe<ch>:SETup:NOFFset <NOffset> Sets the negative offset to compensate a DC voltage applied to the negative input ter- minal (V ) referenced to ground.
  • Page 534 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Parameters: <VoltageAdj> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command PROBe<ch>:SETup:TERM:MEASure? Returns the measured common mode voltage. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Return values: <VoltageMeas>...
  • Page 535 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup 17.8.8.4 Settings for current probes The probe suffix <ch> selects the input channel to which the probe is connected..................535 PROBe<ch>:SETup:GAIN:AUTO? .................. 535 PROBe<ch>:SETup:GAIN:MANual ..................535 PROBe<ch>:SETup:DEGauss ................536 PROBe<ch>:SETup:OFFSet:ZADJust ................536 PROBe<ch>:SETup:OFFSet:STPRobe...
  • Page 536 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Usage: Event Asynchronous command Manual operation: "DeGauss" on page 137 PROBe<ch>:SETup:OFFSet:ZADJust <ZeroAdjustValue> Set the waveform to zero position. It corrects the effect of a voltage offset or tempera- ture drift. To set the value by the instrument, use PROBe<ch>:SETup:OFFSet:AZERo...
  • Page 537 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Return values: <PartNumber> Part number in a string. Usage: Query only Asynchronous command PROBe<ch>:ID:PRDate? Queries the production date of the probe. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Return values: <ProductionDate>...

  • Page 538: High Definition Mode

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Return values: <InputCapacity> Range: 1E-13 to 1E-07 Default unit: F Usage: Query only Asynchronous command PROBe<ch>:SETup:IMPedance? Queries the termination of the probe. Suffix: <ch> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Return values: <InputImpedance>...

  • Page 539: Reference Clock

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Acquisition and setup Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Resolution in bits" on page 117 HDEFinition:STATe <State> Enables high definition mode, which increases the numeric resolution of the waveform signal. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF...

  • Page 540: Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger 17.9 Trigger Trigger commands use several suffixes. LEVel<n>, Noise<m> The suffix indicates the analog channel, for which the command takes effect. C1 has suffix 1, C2 has suffix 2, and so on. Event<ev>...
  • Page 541 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:TYPE <Type> Selects the trigger type. In a trigger sequence the trigger type is set for each condition. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <Type> EDGE | GLITch | WIDTh | RUNT | WINDow | TIMeout | INTerval |...

  • Page 542: Trigger Sequence

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce <SourceDetailed> Selects the source of the trigger signal for the selected trigger event. The trigger source works even if it is not displayed in a diagram. Available sources depend on the trigger sequence setting. If you trigger on a single event, all inputs can be used as trigger source.
  • Page 543 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:MEVents:SEQuence<se>:COUNt <Events> Sets the number of B-trigger conditions to be fulfilled after an A-trigger. The last B-trig- ger causes the trigger event. The waiting time for B-triggers can be restricted with a reset condition: timeout or reset event.

  • Page 544: Edge Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:MEVents:SEQuence<se>:RESet:TIMeout:TIME <ResetTimeout> The time the instrument waits for the number of B-events specified using TRIGger: MEVents:SEQuence<se>:COUNt, before the sequence is restarted with the A-trig- ger. Suffix: <se> Irrelevant, omit the suffix. Parameters: <ResetTimeout>...
  • Page 545 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <Slope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer *RST: POSitive Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Slope" on page 147 TRIGger:ANEDge:LEVel <ExtTrigLev> Sets the trigger level for the external trigger source. Parameters: <ExtTrigLev> Range: - 5 to 5...

  • Page 546: Glitch Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Manual operation: "Filter, Cut-off" on page 149 TRIGger:ANEDge:CUToff:HIGHpass <CutOffFreq> Frequencies below the cutoff frequency are rejected, higher frequencies pass the filter. Parameters: <CutOffFreq> KHZ5 | KHZ50 KHZ5 = 5 kHz KHZ50 = 50 kHz...
  • Page 547 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:GLITch:POLarity <Polarity> Sets the polarity of a pulse, which is the direction of the first pulse slope. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <Polarity> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer...

  • Page 548: Width Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger 17.9.5 Width trigger .................548 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:DELTa ................548 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:POLarity ................548 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:RANGe ................549 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:WIDTh TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:DELTa <WidthDelta> Defines a range around the width value. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <WidthDelta>...

  • Page 549: Runt Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:WIDTh <Width> Depending on the values of the width sets: TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:RANGe ● For the ranges Within and Outside, the width defines the center of a time range which is defined by the limits "±Delta" (see TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WIDTh:DELTa...
  • Page 550 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:RUNT:UPPer <Level> Sets the upper voltage limit. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event <n> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <Level> Range: -10 to 10 Increment: 0.001...
  • Page 551 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:RANGe <Mode> Defines the time limit of the runt pulse in relation to the TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT: settings. WIDTh TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:DELTa Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <Mode> ANY | LONGer | SHORter | WITHin | OUTSide Triggers on all runts fulfilling the level condition, without time lim- itation.

  • Page 552: Window Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger 17.9.7 Window trigger .............. 552 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:WINDow:LOWer ............... 552 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:WINDow:UPPer ................552 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WINDow:DELTa ................553 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WINDow:RANGe ................553 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WINDow:TIME ................554 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WINDow:WIDTh TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>:WINDow:LOWer <Level> Sets the lower voltage limit. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event <n>...
  • Page 553 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <WidthDelta> Range: 0 to 432 Increment: 5E-10 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "±Delta" on page 156 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:WINDow:RANGe <RangeMode> Selects how the signal run is compared with the window.

  • Page 554: Timeout Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger WITHin Triggers if the signal stays inside or outside the vertical window limits at least for the time Width - Delta and for Width + Delta at the most. OUTSide "Outside" is the opposite definition of "Within". The instrument...

  • Page 555: Interval Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:TIMeout:RANGe <TimeoutMode> Sets the relation of the signal level to the trigger level for the timeout trigger. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <TimeoutMode> HIGH | LOW | EITHer HIGH = stays high, the signal level stays above the trigger level.
  • Page 556 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <WidthDelta> Range: 0 to 10 Increment: 1E-07 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "±Delta" on page 159 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:INTerval:RANGe <RangeMode> Defines the range of an interval in relation to the interval width specified using TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:INTerval:WIDTh...

  • Page 557: Slew Rate Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:INTerval:WIDTh <Width> Sets the time between two pulses for the interval trigger. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <Width> Range: 1E-10 to 10000 Increment: 1E-07 *RST:...
  • Page 558 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger <n> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <Level> Range: -10 to 10 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Upper level" on page 160 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:DELTa <TimeDelta>...

  • Page 559: Setup & Hold

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger *RST: GTHan Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Range" on page 161 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:RATE <Time> = INSRange and OUTRange, the slew rate TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:RANGe defines the center of a range which is defined by the limits "±Delta".
  • Page 560 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:CSOurce:EDGE <ClockEdge> Sets the edge of the clock signal. Edge and level define the time reference point. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <ClockEdge> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer...

  • Page 561: State Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:HTIMe <HoldTime> Sets the minimum time after the clock edge while the data signal must stay steady above or below the data level. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <HoldTime>...
  • Page 562 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <HLX> HIGH | LOW | DONTcare State of the individual channels *RST: DONTcare Example: TRIG:EVEN1:SOUR C1 TRIG:EVEN1:SLOP POS TRIG:EVEN1:STAT:QUAL:ANAL:CHAN2:HLX HIGH TRIG:EVEN1:STAT:QUAL:ANAL:CHAN3:HLX LOW TRIG:EVEN1:STAT:QUAL:ANAL:CHAN4:HLX HIGH TRIG:EVEN1:STAT:QUAL:LOG AND Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Source: channel states"...

  • Page 563: Pattern Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <Logic> AND | OR *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "State Operator" on page 167 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:DIGital:CHAN<n>:HLX <HLX> Sets the required state for each digital channel that is used for triggering. Suffix: <ev>...
  • Page 564 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Source: channel states" on page 167 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:DIGital:CHAN<n>:HLX <HLX> Sets the required state for each digital channel that is used for triggering. Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event <n>...

  • Page 565: Trigger Mode, Holdoff

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Suffix: <ev> 1 = A-trigger, 2 = B-trigger, 3 = reset event Parameters: <StateSources> ANALog | DIGital *RST: ANALog Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "State sources" on page 165 17.9.14 Trigger mode, holdoff ......................
  • Page 566 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Force trigger" on page 170 TRIGger:HOLDoff:MODE <Mode> Selects the method to define the holdoff condition. The trigger holdoff defines when the next trigger after the current will be recognized.
  • Page 567 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Return values: <AutoTime> Range: 1E-07 to 10 Increment: 0.0002 *RST: 0.001 Default unit: s Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Holdoff mode" on page 170 TRIGger:HOLDoff:SCALing <AutoTimeScl> Sets the auto time scaling factor that the horizontal scale is multipied with, if TRIGger: is set to AUTO.

  • Page 568: Hysteresis

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Holdoff mode" on page 170 TRIGger:HOLDoff:MIN <RandomMinTime> Defines the lower limit for the random time holdoff, if TRIGger:HOLDoff:MODE is set to RANDom. TRIGger:HOLDoff:MODETRIGger:HOLDoff:MODE Parameters: <RandomMinTime> Range: 1E-07 to 5 Increment: 0.0002...
  • Page 569 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Parameters: <Absolute> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Absolute hysteresis" on page 172 TRIGger:NOISe<m>:EFFective? Returns the hysteresis that is set by the instrument in automatic hysteresis mode. Suffix: <m> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Return values: <Effective>...

  • Page 570: Channel Filter

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:NOISe<m>:RELative <Relative> Defines a range in divisions around the trigger level as percentage. If the signal oscil- lates inside this range and crosses the trigger level thereby, no trigger event occurs. Suffix: <m>...

  • Page 571: Actions On Trigger

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger Manual operation: "Trigger filter mode" on page 173 TRIGger:LFReject <Bandwidth> Sets the limit frequency limit for the highpass filter of the trigger signal. Frequencies lower than this value are rejected, higher frequencies pass the filter.
  • Page 572 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Trigger TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:SOURce <SignalSource> Defines when the trigger out signal is initiated: at the trigger point, when waiting for the trigger, or when the post-trigger time is finished. Parameters: <SignalSource> TRIG | TRIGGER | POST | POSTTRIGGER | WAIT |...

  • Page 573: Waveform Analysis

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Polarity" on page 175 17.10 Waveform analysis Some of the commands in the following chapter are asynchronous. An overlapping or asynchronous command does not automatically finish executing before the next com- mand starts executing.
  • Page 574 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis ............581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:WIDTh ............581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:SPAN ................... 581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:SSCReen LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>[:ENABle] <State> Enables the zoom. Suffix: <ly> 1...4, index of the SmartGrid layout <zo> 1...4, index of the zoom Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Example: Chapter 17.4.1, "SmartGrid layout with...
  • Page 575 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:HORizontal:ABSolute:SPAN <Span> Defines the width of the zoom area in absolute values. Suffix: <ly> 1...4, index of the SmartGrid layout <zo> 1...4, index of the zoom Parameters: <Span> Range: 0 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 576 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:HORizontal:ABSolute:WIDTh <Span> Defines the width of the zoom area in absolute values. Suffix: <ly> 1...4, index of the SmartGrid layout <zo> 1...4, index of the zoom Parameters: <Span> Range: 0 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.01...
  • Page 577 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Manual operation: "Position range" on page 179 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:HORizontal:RELative:SPAN <RelativeSpan> Defines the width of the zoom area in relative values. Suffix: <ly> 1...4, index of the SmartGrid layout <zo> 1...4, index of the zoom Parameters: <RelativeSpan>...
  • Page 578 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Parameters: <RelativeStop> Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: % Example: Chapter 17.4.1, "SmartGrid layout with zoom", on page 474. Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start Stop" on page 179 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:HORizontal:RELative:WIDTh <RelativeSpan>...
  • Page 579 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Parameters: <Center> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 0.01 Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Position range" on page 179 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:ABSolute:RANGe <Span> LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:ABSolute:SPAN <Span> Defines the height of the zoom area in absolute values.
  • Page 580 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Parameters: <Stop> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 0.01 Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start Stop" on page 179 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:MODE <Mode> Defines if absolute or relative values are used to specify the y-axis values. Since the zoom area refers to the active signal, relative values ensure that the zoom area remains the same.
  • Page 581 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Parameters: <RelativeStart> Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start Stop" on page 179 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:STOP <RelativeStop> Defines the upper limit of the zoom area on the x-axis, in relative values.

  • Page 582: Mathematics

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis <zo> 1...4, index of the zoom Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Set to screen" on page 179 17.10.2 Mathematics ..................582 CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe ..............582 CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine] ...................583 CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel ...............584 CALCulate:MATH<m>:VERTical:SCALe[:VALue] ....................584 CALCulate:MATH<m>:UNIT ................584...
  • Page 583 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Operation <Expression> Comment Derivation "Derivation(C1,NoiseReject)" NoiseReject can get any value between 1 and 5000 points Default = 50 Integral "Integral(C1)" Logarithm (based on "Log(C1)" Uses the absolute value of the source in calculation.
  • Page 584 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Example: CALCulate:MATH3:LABel 'M3AddC1C2' Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Label" on page 184 CALCulate:MATH<m>:VERTical:SCALe[:VALue] <VerticalScale> Sets the scale of the y-axis in the math function diagram. The value is defined as "<unit> per division", e.g. 50 mV/div. In this case, the horizontal grid lines are displayed in intervals of 50 mV.
  • Page 585 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Vertical offset" on page 191 CALCulate:MATH<m>:ENVSelection <EnvelopeCurve> Selects the upper or lower part of the input waveform for mathematic calculation, or a combination of both. Suffix: <m>...
  • Page 586 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Suffix: <m> 1...5, index of the math waveform Example: CALC:MATH1:DATA:HEAD? -9.477E-008,9.477E-008,200000,1 Usage: Query only Asynchronous command CALCulate:MATH<m>:DATA:STYPe? Returns the signal type of the source of the math waveform. Suffix: <m> 1...5, index of the math waveform Return values: <SignalType>...

  • Page 587: History

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis 17.10.3 History .....................587 ACQuire:HISTory:CURRent ....................587 ACQuire:HISTory:PLAY ....................587 ACQuire:HISTory:REPLay ....................588 ACQuire:HISTory:STARt ....................588 ACQuire:HISTory:STOP ....................588 ACQuire:HISTory:TPACq ..................588 ACQuire:HISTory:TSABsolute? ....................589 ACQuire:HISTory:TSDate? ..................589 ACQuire:HISTory:TSRelative? ................... 589 ACQuire:HISTory:TSRReference? ....................589 ACQuire:HISTory[:STATe] ACQuire:HISTory:CURRent <CurrentAcqIndex> Accesses a particular acquisition in the memory to display it, or to save it. The newest acquisition always has the index "0".
  • Page 588 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis ACQuire:HISTory:STARt <StartAcqIndex> Sets the index of the first (oldest) acquisition to be displayed or exported. The index is always negative. Parameters: <StartAcqIndex> Range: -2147483648 to 0 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start acq"...
  • Page 589 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis ACQuire:HISTory:TSDate? Returns the date of the current acquisition (ACQuire:HISTory:CURRent). Return values: <DateAbsString> String parameter with acquisition date Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Time stamp" on page 195 ACQuire:HISTory:TSRelative? Returns the relative time of the current acquisition - the time difference to the newest acquisition (index = 0).

  • Page 590: Reference Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show history" on page 194 17.10.4 Reference waveforms ● Setup........................590 ● Scaling........................593 ● Reference waveform data export................597 17.10.4.1 Setup ....................590 REFCurve<rc>:ABORt .....................590 REFCurve<rc>:CLEar ....................591 REFCurve<rc>:NAME...
  • Page 591 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:NAME <Name> Defines the name of the reference waveform file to be loaded, saved or deleted. Suffix: <rc> 1...4, index of the reference waveform Parameters: <Name> Usage: Asynchronous command REFCurve<rc>:OFFSet <VerticalOffset> The vertical offset moves the reference waveform vertically. Enter a value with the unit of the waveform.
  • Page 592 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:SAVE Saves the reference waveform to the file selected by REFCurve<rc>:NAME. Suffix: <rc> 1...4, index of the reference waveform Usage: Event Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Save" on page 201 REFCurve<rc>:SOURce <Source> Selects the source waveform from the active waveforms, e.g. input channels, math waveforms, or spectrum.
  • Page 593 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis Usage: Event Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Create/update" on page 201 17.10.4.2 Scaling ..................593 REFCurve<rc>:AXIS[:XMODe] ....................593 REFCurve<rc>:SCALe ....................594 REFCurve<rc>:POSition ....................594 REFCurve<rc>:HMODe ..............594 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:FACTor ..............595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:OFFSet ..............595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:STATe ...............595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:FACTor...
  • Page 594 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:POSition <VertPosi> Available, if is set to INDependent. REFCurve<rc>:VMODe Moves the reference waveform up or down in the diagram. Suffix: <rc> 1...4, index of the reference waveform Parameters: <VertPosi> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.02...
  • Page 595 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:OFFSet <Offset> Moves the waveform horizontally. Enter a value with a time unit suitable for the time scale of the diagram. Positive values shift the waveform to the right, negative values shift it to the left.
  • Page 596 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:OFFSet <Offset> The vertical offset moves the reference waveform vertically. Enter a value with the unit of the waveform. Like vertical offset of a channel waveform, the offset of a reference waveform is sub- tracted from the measured value.
  • Page 597 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform analysis REFCurve<rc>:VMODe <VerticalMode> Selects the coupling of vertical settings. Suffix: <rc> 1...4, index of the reference waveform Parameters: <VerticalMode> COUPled | INDependent COUPled Vertical position and scale of the source are used. INDependent Scaling and position can be set specific to the reference wave- form.

  • Page 598: Data Management

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Position Meaning Example Record length of the waveform in Samples 200000 Number of values per sample interval. Depends on the source waveform from which the reference waveform was created Suffix: <rc> 1...4, index of the reference waveform...

  • Page 599: Instrument Settings

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management To prevent an overlapping execution of commands, one of the commands *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI can be used after the command or a command set. For more information, see: ● www.rohde-schwarz.com/rc-via-scpi, chapter "Command sequence and synchroni- zation"...
  • Page 600 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management MMEMory:DRIVes? Returns the path list of available drives. Return values: <Drive> List of strings, for example: Instrument only: "/home/storage/userData" Instrument with connected USB flash drive: "/home/storage/userData","/run/media/usb/MYDATA" . MYDATA is the partition name, which is also shown in the file explorer.
  • Page 601 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management MMEMory:CDIRectory [<DirectoryName>] Changes the default directory for file access. Parameters: <DirectoryName> String parameter to specify the directory. *RST: "\" Example: MMEM:CDIR '/home/storage/userData/Waveforms' Usage: SCPI confirmed MMEMory:MDIRectory <DirectoryName> Creates a new directory with the specified name.
  • Page 602 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management <FreeMemory> Total amount of storage available in the directory, in bytes. <FileEntry> All files and subdirectories of the directory are listed with their fil- ename, format and size in bytes. The first two strings are related to the parent directory.
  • Page 603 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management MMEMory:MOVE <FileSource>, <FileDestination> Moves the specified file to a new location on the same drive and renames it. Setting parameters: <FileSource> String parameter, contains name and path of the file to be cop- ied.
  • Page 604 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Example: MMEM:DATA? 'abc.txt' Returns the data from file abc.txt. MMEMory:ATTRibute <FileName>, <Attributes> MMEMory:ATTRibute? <FileName> Sets file attributes for the specified file/files. The command can be used for files only. Setting parameters: <Attributes>...
  • Page 605 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management MMEMory:STORe:STATe <MemoryNumber>, <FileName> Stores the instrument settings from the specified internal memory to the specified file. To store the current instrument settings to the internal memory, use first. *SAV Setting parameters: <MemoryNumber>...

  • Page 606: Saveset

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management 17.11.2 Saveset SAVeset:CONFig:PREView <IncludeImage> If set to OFF, the saveset is stored without the preview image to reduce the file size. Use the command each time before you save a saveset. Parameters: <IncludeImage>...
  • Page 607 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Parameters: <name> String with path and filename with extension *xml, *ref, *csv. For local storage, the path is always /home/storage/userData. Example: EXP:WAV:NAME '/home/storage/userData/Export_C1.csv' EXP:WAV:SCOP DISP EXP:WAV:SAVE Saves the visible waveform data of channel 1 in xml format to /home/storage/userData/Export_C1.csv.
  • Page 608 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management MANual Saves the data between user-defined start and stop values to be set with EXPort:WAVeform:STARt EXPort:WAVeform: STOP. *RST: DISPlay Example: Chapter 17.4.3, "Data transfer in roll mode", on page 479. Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Export mode"...

  • Page 609: Results

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Manual operation: "Export mode" on page 298 EXPort:WAVeform:GATE Selects the gate to be used for limited data export if is set EXPort:WAVeform:SCOPe to GATE. Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Export mode" on page 298 EXPort:WAVeform:CURSorset <Cursorset>...

  • Page 610: Screenshots

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management EXPort:RESult:SELect:CURSor <CursorResult> Includes the current cursor results in the export file. Parameters: <CursorResult> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command EXPort:RESult:SELect:MEASurement <MeasResult> Includes the current automatic measurement results in the export file.
  • Page 611 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Parameters: <medium> MMEM | CLIPBOARD MMEM: saves image to a file. CLIPBOARD: directs the image to the clipboard. *RST: MMEM Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Directory" on page 309 MMEMory:NAME <FileName> Defines the filename for a screenshot that is stored to a file.
  • Page 612 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Data management Manual operation: "Inverse color" on page 309 HCOPy:IMMediate<m>:NEXT Starts the output of the next display image, depending on the HCOPy: destination setting. DESTination<m> If the screenshot is saved to a file, the file name used in the last saving process is automatically counted up to the next unused name.

  • Page 613: Automatic Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements HCOPy:SSD <ShwSetDialogScpi> If enabled, the currently open dialog box is included in the screenshot. Parameters: <ShwSetDialogScpi> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show setup dialog" on page 309 HCOPy:WBKG <WhiteBackground>...
  • Page 614 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements MEASurement<mg>:COUNt? Returns the maximum number of measurements, which is the maximum value for the <mg> suffix. Suffix: <mg> Irrelevant, omit the suffix. Return values: <Count> Maximum number of measurements Usage: Query only Asynchronous command MEASurement<mg>[:ENABle] <First>...
  • Page 615 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Parameters: <Source> NONE | C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9 | D10 | D11 | D12 | D13 | D14 | D15 | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 |...

  • Page 616: Measurement-Specific Settings

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Suffix: <mg> 1...16, index of the measurement Parameters: <EnvelopeCurve> MIN | MAX | BOTH Measures on the lower envelope. Measures on the upper envelope. BOTH The envelope is ignored, and the waveform is measured as usual.
  • Page 617 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Suffix: <mg> 1...16, index of the measurement Parameters: <EdgesSlope> POSitive | NEGative | EITHer *RST: POSitive Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edges slope" on page 233 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:PTCount <PulseCount> Sets the number of positive pulses for the pulse train measurement. It measures the duration of N positive pulses from the rising edge of the first pulse to the falling edge of the N-th pulse.
  • Page 618 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements <n> 1..2 Selects the source number. Parameters: <EdgeCountDir> FRFI | FRLA FRFI - FRom FIrst, counting starts with the first edge of the waveform. FRLA - FRom LAst, counting starts with the last edge of the waveform.

  • Page 619: Results

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements MEASurement<mg>:GATE <Gate> Sets the gate of the indicated measurement. Enable a gate before you assign a mea- surement to it (GATE<g>:ENABle =ON). The query returns 0, if no gate is assigned. Suffix: <mg>...
  • Page 620 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements ................620 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVTCount? ................620 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:STDDev? ................620 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:STARt? ................620 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:STOP? ..............621 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:COUNt? ..............621 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:STARt? ..............621 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:STOP? ..............622 MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:VALue? MEASurement<mg>:RESult[:ACTual]? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:AVG? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:NPEak? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:PPEak? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:RELiability? [<MeasType>] MEASurement<mg>:RESult:RMS? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:WFMCount? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVTCount? MEASurement<mg>:RESult:STDDev? Return the statistic results of the specified measurement.
  • Page 621 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Suffix: <mg> 1...16, index of the measurement Return values: <Stop> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:COUNt? Returns the number of measured events in one acquisition.

  • Page 622: Statistics

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Suffix: <mg> 1...16, index of the measurement Setting parameters: <EventIndex> Index number of the measured event. Return values: <EventStop> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command MEASurement<mg>:RESult:EVENts:VALue? <MeasResEvtIdx>...
  • Page 623 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements MEASurement<mg>:STATistics[:ENABle] <GlobalEnable> Enables statistics calculation for all measurements. Suffix: <mg> Irrelevant, omit the suffix. Parameters: <GlobalEnable> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Statistics" on page 237 MEASurement<mg>:MULTiple <GlobalMeassAll> If ON, the measurement is performed repeatedly if the measured parameter occurs several times inside the acquisition or defined gate.

  • Page 624: Gate

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements 17.12.5 Gate ......................624 GATE<g>:ENABle ..................... 624 GATE<g>:GCOupling ......................625 GATE<g>:CURSor .......................625 GATE<g>:ZDIagram ......................625 GATE<g>:MODE ..................... 626 GATE<g>:ABSolute:STARt ....................626 GATE<g>:ABSolute:STOP ....................626 GATE<g>:RELative:STARt ....................626 GATE<g>:RELative:STOP ......................626 GATE<g>:SHOW GATE<g>:ENABle <First> Enables the gate.
  • Page 625 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Manual operation: "Coupling mode" on page 222 GATE<g>:CURSor <Cursorset> Available for = CURSor. GATE<g>:GCOupling Selects the cursor set to be used for measurement gating. The gate area is defined by the cursor lines.
  • Page 626 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements GATE<g>:ABSolute:STARt <Start> GATE<g>:ABSolute:STOP <Stop> Define the absolute start and end values for the gate, respectively. Available, if = MANUal and =ABS. GATE<g>:GCOupling GATE<g>:MODE Suffix: <g> 1...2, index of the gate Parameters: <Stop>...

  • Page 627: Reference Levels

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements 17.12.6 Reference levels ....................627 REFLevel<rl>:ENABle ....................627 REFLevel<rl>:LMODe ................627 REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:HYSTeresis ..................628 REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel ..................628 REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:MLEVel ..................628 REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:ULEVel .................629 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:HYSTeresis ..................629 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:LOWer ..................629 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MIDDle ..................630 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MODE ..................630 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:UPPer REFLevel<rl>:ENABle <First>...
  • Page 628 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Parameters: <HystAbs> Range: 0 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.001 *RST: 0.005 Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Hysteresis" on page 225 REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel <LowerLevel> Sets the lower reference level in absolute values. This is required, e.g., to determine a fall.
  • Page 629 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Parameters: <UpperLevel> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Upper level, Middle level, Lower level" on page 225 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:HYSTeresis <HystRel> Defines a hysteresis for the middle reference level. A rise or fall from the middle refer- ence value that does not exceed the hysteresis is rejected as noise.
  • Page 630 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Parameters: <MidRefLevRel> Range: -100 to 200 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Upper level, Middle level,Lower level" on page 225 REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MODE <RelativeLevels> The lower, middle and upper reference levels, defined as percentages of the high sig- nal level.

  • Page 631: Tracks

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Manual operation: "Upper level, Middle level,Lower level" on page 225 17.12.7 Tracks ................631 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk[:STATe] ..................631 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:AUTO ................ 631 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:CONTiunous ................632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:OFFSet ................632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:SCALe ..............632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:DATA:HEADer? ..............633 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:DATA[:VALues]? MEASurement<mg>:TRACk[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 632 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Automatic measurements Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Auto Scale" on page 239 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:OFFSet <VerticalOffset> Sets or queries the offset of the track waveform. is ON, use the command to query the MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:CONTiunous current value.

  • Page 633: Cursor Measurements

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Table 17-5: Header data Position Meaning Example XStart, acquisition time before trigger, in s -5E-008 = - 50 ns XStop, acquisition time after trigger, in s 5E-008 = 50 ns Number of measurement events = number of points...

  • Page 634: Cursor Setup

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements For more information, see: ● www.rohde-schwarz.com/rc-via-scpi, chapter "Command sequence and synchroni- zation" ● Cursor setup......................634 ● Cursor results......................641 ● Peak search using cursors..................643 ● Cursor appearance....................645 17.13.1 Cursor setup ....................... 634 CURSor<cu>:AOFF...
  • Page 635 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Suffix: <cu> Irrelevant, omit the suffix. Return values: <Count> Number of cursor sets Usage: Query only Asynchronous command CURSor<cu>:STATe <State> Enables the selected cursor measurement. Suffix: <cu> 1...2, index of the cursor set Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 636 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Parameters: <Source> C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9 | D10 | D11 | D12 | D13 | D14 | D15 | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | SBUS3 |...
  • Page 637 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Parameters: <X1Position> Range: 0 to 500 Increment: 0.1 *RST: depends on time scale, at 25% of the time axis Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "X1 position, X2 position" on page 213 CURSor<cu>:X2Position <X2Position>...
  • Page 638 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Parameters: <YPosition2> Range: -50 to 50 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Y1 position, Y2 position" on page 213 CURSor<cu>:SSCReen Resets the cursors to their initial positions. Reset is helpful if the cursors have disap- peared from the display or need to be moved for a larger distance.
  • Page 639 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements CURSor<cu>:HORizontal<n>:LABel <Label> Defines the label to be displayed with the horizontal cursor lines. By default, the cur- sors are labeled as Cu1.1, Cu1.2, Cu2.1, ... Suffix: <cu> 1...2, index of the cursor set <n>...
  • Page 640 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements CURSor<cu>:SIAD <ShwInAllDiags> Shows the enabled cursor measurements in all active diagrams of the time domain. In the spectrum domain, the setting is disabled. The cursors are shown only on the source spectrum of the measurement.

  • Page 641: Cursor Results

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "X, Y" on page 214 CURSor<cu>:X1ENvelope <EnvelopeSelect> CURSor<cu>:X2ENvelope <EnvelopeSelect> Define which horizontal cursor is positioned to the maximum and which to the minimum envelope values. Prerequisites: ●...
  • Page 642 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Return values: <Delta> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Query only Asynchronous command CURSor<cu>:XDELta:INVerse? Queries the inverse value of the delta value (distance) of the two vertical cursor lines.

  • Page 643: Peak Search Using Cursors

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Usage: Asynchronous command 17.13.3 Peak search using cursors ..................643 CURSor<cu>:FFT:SETCenter ................... 643 CURSor<cu>:FFT:TOCenter ..................643 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum[:PEAK] ..................643 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:LEFT ..................644 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:RIGHt ..................644 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:NEXT ....................644 CURSor<cu>:PEXCursion ....................644 CURSor<cu>:THReshold CURSor<cu>:FFT:SETCenter Sets the center frequency to the frequency value that is measured at cursor line Cu1.
  • Page 644 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Cursor measurements Suffix: <cu> 1...2, index of the cursor set Usage: Event Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Next peak left" on page 216 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:RIGHt Cursor 2 is set to the next peak to the right of the current position.

  • Page 645: Cursor Appearance

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Parameters: <Value> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 216 17.13.4 Cursor appearance CURSor<cu>:STYLe <Style> Defines how the cursor is displayed in the diagram. Suffix: <cu> 1...2, index of the cursor set Parameters: <Style>...
  • Page 646 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis ..............648 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:STARt ..............648 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:STOP ............649 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE ..............650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:LEVel ............... 650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:RANGe ..............650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:SCALe .................650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PRESet ................651 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:SOURce ................... 651 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:STATe ................651 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:THReshold ................652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PEXCursion ........... 652 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:AVERage:COUNt ..........
  • Page 647 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue] <RBW> Queries or defines the used resolution bandwidth. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <RBW> Range: 0.0002 to 2000000 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 2000000 Default unit: Hz Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "RBW" on page 249 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:CENTer <Center>...
  • Page 648 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:SPAN <Span> The span is specified in Hertz and defines the width of the displayed frequency range, which is (Center - Span/2) to (Center + Span/2). The position of the span is defined using the "Center"...
  • Page 649 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE <WindowFunction> Selects the window type. Windowing helps minimize the discontinuities at the end of the measured signal interval and thus reduces the effect of spectral leakage, increas- ing the frequency resolution.
  • Page 650 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Manual operation: "Window type" on page 249 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:LEVel <VerticalMax> Sets the maximum displayed value on the vertical scale. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <VerticalMax> Range: -1E+26 to 1000000000000000 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Vertical maximum"...
  • Page 651 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Suffix: <sp> Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Spectrum preset" on page 250 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:SOURce <Source> Selects the source for the spectrum. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <Source> C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 | M5 | R1 | R2 | R3 | R4...
  • Page 652 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PEXCursion <PeakExcursion> Defines a minimum level value by which the waveform must drop left and right of the local maximum to be listed as a peak. Enter a peak excursion value to omit close by peaks and list just the highest peak.

  • Page 653: Spectrum Gate

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Traces" on page 249 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MINimum:ENABle <Enable> Enables the minimum trace. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Traces"...
  • Page 654 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Position" on page 252 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:STARt <Start> Sets the starting value for the gate. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <Start> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.01 *RST: 0.01 Default unit: HZ...

  • Page 655: Peak List

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis 17.14.3 Peak list ............... 655 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:COUNt? ................ 655 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt[:STATe] ..............655 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:MAXCount ................656 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:MODE ...............656 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SOURce ................656 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SPOW ............657 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:RESult[:VALue]? ............. 657 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SORT:COLumn ..............657 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SORT:ORDer ..........657 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:LABel:FREQuency[:STATe] ............658 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:LABel:MAXCount ..............
  • Page 656 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Parameters: <MaxNoRess> Range: 1 to 1000 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Max results" on page 255 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:MODE <ResultMode> Selects how the measurement results are displayed. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <ResultMode>...
  • Page 657 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Manual operation: "Peak on waveform" on page 253 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:RESult[:VALue]? Returns the current peak list measurement results. Suffix: <sp> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:SORT:COLumn <ResultColumn> Sorts the results in the spectrum peak list table either according to the frequency or according to the value.
  • Page 658 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show frequency" on page 255 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:PLISt:LABel:MAXCount <MaxNumberPeaks> Sets the maximum number of measurement results that are listed in the result table. Suffix: <sp> Parameters: <MaxNumberPeaks> Range: 1 to 100...

  • Page 659: Data Export Of Spectrum Waveforms

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Spectrum analysis Parameters: <ShowLabels> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command 17.14.4 Data export of spectrum waveforms For each of the spectrum traces, a dedicated command is available. For a description of the traces, see "Traces"...

  • Page 660: Applications

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <sp> Query parameters: <Offset> Number of offset waveform points to be skipped. Range: 0 to m. Limit: n + m <= record length <Length> Number of waveform points to be retrieved. Range: 1 to n.
  • Page 661 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications ....................... 665 FRANalysis:REPeat ......................665 FRANalysis:RESet ..................665 FRANalysis:PHASe:MAXimum FRANalysis:STATe <Value> Starts the frequency response analysis. Parameters: <Value> RUN | STOP Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Run" on page 261 FRANalysis:ENABle <State> Enables the frequency response analysis application.
  • Page 662 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt <StartFrequency> Sets the start frequency of the sweep. Parameters: <StartFrequency> Range: 0.01 to 100000000 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: Hz Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Start, Stop" on page 260 FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP <StopFrequency>...
  • Page 663 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:GENerator[:CHANnel] <GenCh> Selects the built-in generator to start a frequency sweep for a defined frequency range. Parameters: <GenCh> GEN1 | GEN2 *RST: GEN1 Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Generator" on page 260 FRANalysis:INPut[:SOURce] <InputChannel>...
  • Page 664 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:MEASurement:POINt[:DISPlay] <Points> Enables the display of the measurement points for the frequency response analysis. Parameters: <Points> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Display points" on page 265 FRANalysis:MEASurement:RBW <RBW> Sets the resolution bandwidth, which determines the number of measurements that are used for creating the plot.
  • Page 665 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:POINts:MODE <PointsMode> Selects, if the number of points for the FRA are measured as total or per decade. You can set the number of points with FRANalysis:POINts:TOTal/ FRANalysis: POINts:LOGarithmic. Parameters: <PointsMode> TOTal | DECade...
  • Page 666 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications By default, the "Maximum phase" is set to 180° for a phase window ranging from -180° to 180° accordingly. Parameters: <MaxPhase> Range: 0 to 360 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: ° Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Maximum phase"...
  • Page 667 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:AMPLitude:PROFile:SORT Sorts the points in the amplitude table by frequency, starting with the lowest frequency. Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Sort" on page 263 FRANalysis:AMPLitude:PROFile:MODE <VoltageChange> Selects if the voltage change is done as a single step or as a ramp.
  • Page 668 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications 17.15.1.3 Frequency response analysis calibration settings ................668 FRANalysis:CALibration:CALibration ..................668 FRANalysis:CALibration:RESult? ..................668 FRANalysis:CALibration:STATe FRANalysis:CALibration:CALibration Runs a calibration sequence. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Start calibration" on page 269 FRANalysis:CALibration:RESult? Returns the result of the calibration.
  • Page 669 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications ..................... 671 FRANalysis:PHASe:DATA? ..................671 FRANalysis:FREQuency:DATA? ....................671 FRANalysis:GAIN:DATA? FRANalysis:PHASe:ENABle <State> Enables the phase waveform for the frequency response analysis. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command FRANalysis:PHASe:OFFSet <VerticalOffset> Sets a vertical offset of the phase waveform.
  • Page 670 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Parameters: <VerticalOffset> Range: -2000 to 2000 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: dB Usage: Asynchronous command FRANalysis:GAIN:SCALe <VerticalScale> Sets the vertical scale for the gain waveform. Parameters: <VerticalScale> Range: 0.1 to 20 Increment: 1...
  • Page 671 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Parameters: <VerticalOffset> Range: -100 to 100 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Vpp Usage: Asynchronous command FRANalysis:PHASe:DATA? Returns the data of the phase as a list of comma-separated values in degree. Example: FRAN:PHAS:DATA? Result: -0.07463742650985239,-0.09417628145200041,...
  • Page 672 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Example: FRAN:GAIN:DATA? Result: 0.4381956630254851,0.4593246383252179, 0.461895233375762,0.4570717993766185, 0.4623802509651942,0.4533450898899926, 0.4408194360143725,0.4221600784741697, 0.4483342212879299,0.4473558449908476, 0.4915016244058707 Usage: Query only Asynchronous command 17.15.1.5 Frequency response analysis results ....................672 FRANalysis:RESult:STATe .................... 672 FRANalysis:MARGin:STATe ................. 673 FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:FREQuency? ................. 673 FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:VALue? ..............673 FRANalysis:MARGin:PHASe:FREQuency? ................
  • Page 673 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:FREQuency? Returns the frequency of the gain margin. Return values: <Frequency> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:VALue? Returns the value of the gain margin. Return values: <Phase> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command FRANalysis:MARGin:PHASe:FREQuency? Returns the frequency of the phase margin.
  • Page 674 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications FRANalysis:MARKer<m>:FREQuency <Frequency> Returns the frequency for the specified marker. Suffix: <m> 1..2 Selects the marker number. Parameters: <Frequency> Range: 0.01 to 1000000000 Increment: 1E-05 *RST: 1000 Default unit: Hz Usage: Asynchronous command FRANalysis:MARKer<m>:GAIN? Returns the gain for the specified marker.

  • Page 675: Power Analysis (Option R&S Mxo4-K31)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications 17.15.1.6 Frequency response analysis export ................675 EXPort:RESult:SELect:FRA:MARGin ................675 EXPort:RESult:SELect:FRA:MARKer ................. 675 EXPort:RESult:SELect:FRA:RESult EXPort:RESult:SELect:FRA:MARGin <MarginResult> If enabled, includes the margin results in the results export file of the FRA. Parameters: <MarginResult> ON | OFF...
  • Page 676 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications For more information, see: ● www.rohde-schwarz.com/rc-via-scpi, chapter "Command sequence and synchroni- zation" Overview of statistic commands The remote commands for the power analysis measurements can include statistic results. In the following the abbreviations after the commands have the following...
  • Page 677 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Parameters: <Type> QUALity | HARMonics POW1:TYPE QUAL Example: Sets the 1st power analysis measurement to quality. Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Add" on page 273 POWer<m>:ASKew[:EXECute]...
  • Page 678 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Parameters: <CurrentSource> C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Current" on page 277 POWer<m>:QUALity:SOURce[:VOLTage] <VoltageSource> Sets the channel for the voltage source input of the power quality analysis.
  • Page 679 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Power quality results .......... 680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor[:ACTual]? ......... 680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:AVERage? ..........680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:NPEak? ..........680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:PPEak? ..........680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:RMS? ...........680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:CREStfactor:STDDev? ............680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK[:ACTual]? ..........680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:AVERage? ............680 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:NPEak? ............681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:PPEak? ............681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:RMS? ............ 681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:STDDev?
  • Page 680 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications ........... 683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor[:ACTual]? ..........683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:AVERage? ..........683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:NPEak? ..........683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:PPEak? ..........683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:RMS? ........... 683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:CREStfactor:STDDev? ........... 684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency[:ACTual]? ..........684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:AVERage? ..........684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:NPEak? ..........684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:PPEak? ..........684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:RMS? ..........684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:FREQuency:STDDev? ............ 684 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:PEAK[:ACTual]? ...........684...
  • Page 681 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:PPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:RMS? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:CURRent:PEAK:STDDev? Returns the current peak value, the highest measured magnitude value for the power quality analysis. For details on the statistics, see "Overview of statistic commands" on page 676. Suffix: <m>...
  • Page 682 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Return values: <StdDev> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor[:ACTual]? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:AVERage? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:NPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:PPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:RMS? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:STDDev? Returns the power factor for the power quality analysis. For details on the statistics, see "Overview of statistic commands"...
  • Page 683 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive[:ACTual]? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:AVERage? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:NPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:PPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:RMS? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:STDDev? Returns the reactive power for the power quality analysis. For details on the statistics, see "Overview of statistic commands" on page 676. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Return values: <StdDev>...
  • Page 684 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications For details on the statistics, see "Overview of statistic commands" on page 676. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Return values: <StdDev> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Usage:...
  • Page 685 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS[:ACTual]? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:AVERage? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:NPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:PPEak? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:RMS? POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:STDDev? Returns the root mean square of the voltage for the power quality analysis. For details on the statistics, see "Overview of statistic commands"...
  • Page 686 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Manual operation: "Current" on page 282 POWer<m>:HARMonics:SOURce[:VOLTage] <VoltageSource> Sets the channel for the voltage source input of the power harmonics analysis. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Parameters: <VoltageSource> C1 | C2 | C3 | C4...
  • Page 687 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Fund. Freq" on page 282 POWer<m>:HARMonics:FREQuency:MIL <FundFreqMIL> Sets the fundamental frequency of the input signal for the MIL standard, if POWer<m>: is set to MIL. HARMonics:STANdard Suffix: <m>...
  • Page 688 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications POWer<m>:HARMonics:DISPlay:HARMonics <DispedHarmonics> Selects which harmonics are displayed in the bargraph: all, odd even or depending on the standard definition. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Parameters: <DispedHarmonics> ALL | EVEN | ODD | STANdard...
  • Page 689 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Parameters: <Scaling> LIN | LOG *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Scale bar graph" on page 282 Power harmonics results POWer<m>:HARMonics:AVAilable? Returns the number of measured harmonics.
  • Page 690 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications <n> 1...n, index of the harmonics Return values: <Harmonic> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>[:FREQuency]? Returns the frequency of the n-th harmonic. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement <n> 1...n, index of the harmonics Return values: <Harmonic>...
  • Page 691 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:PERCent:MAXimum? Returns the maximum magnitude of the n-th harmonic in percent. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement <n> 1...n, index of the harmonics Return values: <Harmonic> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:PERCent:MINimum?
  • Page 692 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:RMS:MINimum? Returns the minimum magnitude of the n-th harmonic in RMS. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement <n> 1...n, index of the harmonics Return values: <Harmonic>...
  • Page 693 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement Return values: <Actual> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command 17.15.2.4 Reference level ..........693 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:HYSTeresis ..........693 POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:HYSTeresis ...........
  • Page 694 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Manual operation: "Hysteresis" on page 286 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel <LowerLevel> POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:LLEVel <LowerLevel> Sets the lower reference level in absolute values. This is required, e.g., to determine a fall. Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement <rl>...
  • Page 695 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Parameters: <UpperLevel> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.001 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Upper level, Middle level, Lower level" on page 285 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:LMODe <LevelMode> POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:LMODe <LevelMode> Defines if the reference level is set in absolute or relative values.
  • Page 696 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Suffix: <m> 1...3, index of the power analysis measurement <rl> 1...4, index of the reference level set Parameters: <LowRefLevRel> Range: -100 to 200 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Upper level, Middle level,Lower level"...
  • Page 697 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications TWENty 20/50/80 USER Set the reference levels to individual values with POWer<m>: QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:LOWer, POWer<m>: QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MIDDle, and POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:UPPer. *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Relative levels" on page 286 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:UPPer <UppRefLevRel> POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:UPPer <UppRefLevRel> Sets the upper relative reference level if POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:...
  • Page 698 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Example: POW1:HARM:DATA:HEAD? Harmonic, Frequency, Magnitude (RMS), Magnitude (%), Phase, State, Limit, Margin Usage: Query only Asynchronous command POWer<m>:QUALity:POWer:DATA:HEADer? Returns the header of the power analysis waveform data. The header contains attrib- utes of the waveform.
  • Page 699 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Example: POW:HARM:POW:DATA? Harmonics Results,EN 61000 -3-2 Class A Harmonic,Frequency,Magnitude(RMS),Magnitude(%),Phase,State,Limit,Margin [n],[Hz],[dBuA],[%],[deg],[bool],[dBuA],[dBuA] 2,44.0999,-18.874,-168.065,0,Fail,0,18.874 3,4.02182,-27.4326,-244.276,0,Fail,0,27.4326 7,69.1013,-20.7327,-184.616,0,Fail,0,20.7327 8,29.9841,61.7368,549.741,0,Fail,0,-61.7368 11,44.9699,-15.6858,-139.676,0,Fail,0,15.6858 Usage: Asynchronous command POWer<m>:QUALity:POWer:DATA[:VALues]? [<Offset>[,<Length>]] Returns the data of the power analysis waveform points for transmission from the instrument to the controlling computer.

  • Page 700: Digital Voltmeter

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications Example: POW:QUAL:POW:DATA? Type,Source,Current,Max,Min,Mean,RMS,Std Dev,Event Count,Wave Count Period,Voltage,nan s,3.40282e+38 s,-3.40282e+38 s,nan s,nan s,nan,0,0 RMS,Voltage,nan V,3.40282e+38 V,-3.40282e+38 V,nan V,nan V,nan,0,0 Chrest Factor,Voltage,nan,3.40282e+38,-3.40282e+38,nan,nan,nan,0,0 Max,Voltage,nan V,3.40282e+38 V,-3.40282e+38 V,nan V,nan V,nan,0,0 RMS,Current,nan A,3.40282e+38 A,-3.40282e+38 A,nan A,nan A,nan,0,0 Chrest Factor,Current,nan,3.40282e+38,-3.40282e+38,nan,nan,nan,0,0 Max,Current,nan A,3.40282e+38 A,-3.40282e+38 A,nan A,nan A,nan,0,0...
  • Page 701 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications METer:BANDwidth <Bandwidth> Sets the filter bandwidth. Parameters: <Bandwidth> B20M | B10M | B5M | B2M | B1M | B500 | B200 B20M: 20 MHz B10M: 10 MHz B5M: 5 MHz B2M: 2 MHz...
  • Page 702 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Applications METer:DVMeter<m>:DC:ENABle <DCResults_St> Enables the DC voltmeter measurement for the respective channel. Suffix: <m> 1 to 4, index of the analog channel Parameters: <DCResults_St> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Measurements"...

  • Page 703: Protocols

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <Results_DCRMS> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Measurements" on page 291 17.16 Protocols ● Configuration settings for all serial protocols............703 ●...
  • Page 704 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:TYPE <Protocol Type> Selects the bus type for analysis. The type of available buses depends on the installed options. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Protocol Type> I2C | SPI | UART | CAN | LIN | SPMI | TNOS...
  • Page 705 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <ZoomCoupling> ON | OFF *RST: Manual operation: "Zoom coupling" on page 317 SBUS<m>:THReshold <ShwThresLines> If enabled, the threshold lines are displayed in the diagram. The label of the threshold line is set according to the signal that it is referring to, see...
  • Page 706 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Include details" on page 319 SBUS<sb>:EXPResult:SAVE <FileName> Saves the selected results to the indicated file. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Setting parameters: <FileName> Usage: Setting only...

  • Page 707: Spi (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Path> String parameter Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Save as" on page 319 17.16.2 SPI (option R&S MXO4-K510) Before MXO 4 can accept the specific bus commands, make sure that: ●...
  • Page 708 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <BitOrder> LSBF | MSBF *RST: MSBF Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Bit order" on page 323 SBUS<sb>:SPI:CSELect:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis> Sets a value for the hysteresis for the CS channel.
  • Page 709 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "SCLK,MOSI,MISO,CS" on page 323 SBUS<sb>:SPI:CSELect:THReshold <Threshold> Sets a user-defined threshold value for the line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Threshold> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 324 SBUS<sb>:SPI:MISO:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis>...
  • Page 710 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: MISOSource C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9 | D10 | D11 | D12 | D13 | D14 | D15 | M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 | M5 |...
  • Page 711 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce MOSISource Sets the input channel of the MOSI line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: MOSISource C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9...
  • Page 712 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "SCLK,MOSI,MISO,CS" on page 323 SBUS<sb>:SPI:SCLK:THReshold <Threshold> Sets a user-defined threshold value for the line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Threshold> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold"...
  • Page 713 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:MISO:POSition <SPI MISO position> Sets the vertical position of the MISO signal. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <SPI MISO position> Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:SPI:MISO:SCALe <SPI MISO scale> Set the vertical scale of the MISO signal.
  • Page 714 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ..................715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ENABle ....................715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:BIT ..............715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT ..................716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:DMAX ............716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX ................... 716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:DMIN ............. 716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN ..................716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:DOPerator ............716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator ..................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERENable ................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle ..................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FIENable ............717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle...
  • Page 715 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 326 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:RST Resets the state of the selected frames and error types.
  • Page 716 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:DMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX <Data_Max> Sets the end value of a data pattern range if the operator is set to INRange or OORANGe. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl>...
  • Page 717 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Edit" on page 326 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERENable <ErrorName>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle <Enable> Defines the error type to be filtered on. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <n> index of the error Parameters: <Enable>...
  • Page 718 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Frame type" on page 326 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX <Index_Max> Sets the end value of an index range if the operator is set to INRange. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 719 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Index_Operator> EQUal | INRange | RANGe *RST: INRange Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 326 17.16.2.3 Trigger Trigger commands for serial buses affect the current trigger source. Therefore, set the...
  • Page 720 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:SPI:DPOSition <DataPosition> Sets the number of bits or words to be ignored before the first bit or word of interest. The effect is defined by TRIGger:SPI:PALignment. Parameters: <DataPosition> Range: 1 to 4096 Increment: 1...
  • Page 721 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ............... 723 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:FMISo? .............. 724 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:FMOSi? ..............724 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:MISO? ..............724 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:MOSI? ............... 725 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:STARt? ..............725 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:STOP? SBUS<sb>:SPI:FCOunt? Returns the number of decoded frames. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Return values: <Count>...
  • Page 722 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:DATA? Returns the data words of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameData> Comma-separated sequence of integer values (N, L1, R1,…, LN, RN).
  • Page 723 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:STOP? Returns the end time of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameStop> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26...
  • Page 724 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:FMOSi? Returns the formatted value of the specified word on the MOSI line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <w> index of the word Return values: <FormattedMOSIVal>...

  • Page 725: I²C (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:WORD<w>:STARt? Returns the start time of the specified data word. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <w> index of the word Return values: <FrameWordStart> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26...
  • Page 726 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols 17.16.3.1 Configuration ..................726 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SCL:HYSTeresis ..................726 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SCL:SOURce ..................726 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SCL:THReshold ..................727 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:HYSTeresis ..................727 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:SOURce ..................727 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:THReshold ..................727 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:POSition ....................728 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:SCALe ....................728 SBUS<sb>:I2C:POSition ....................728 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SCALe ....................728 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SYMBols ....................729 SBUS<sb>:I2C:NEWList SBUS<sb>:I2C:SCL:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis>...
  • Page 727 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 339 SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis> Sets a hysteresis value for the data line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Hysteresis> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold"...
  • Page 728 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <sda position> Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:SDA:SCALe <sda scale> Set the vertical scale of the SDA I2C signal. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <sda scale> Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:POSition <Position>...
  • Page 729 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:I2C:NEWList <FileName> Loads a symbol list file. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Setting parameters: <FileName> String parameter with path and file name. Example: SBUS1:I2C:NEWList '/home/storage/userData/Protocol/I2C.csv' SBUS1:I2C:SYMBols ON Usage: Setting only...
  • Page 730 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols NACK Missing acknowledge bit. To localize specific missing acknowl- edge bits, use: TRIGger:I2C:ADNack TRIGger:I2C:DWNack TRIGger:I2C:DRNack ADDRess Triggers on one specific address DATA Triggers on a specific data ADAT Triggers on a combination of address and data condition.
  • Page 731 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Address" on page 347 TRIGger:I2C:ADDTo <AddressTo> Sets the end value of an address range if the condition is set to an address range with TRIGger:I2C:ACONdition. Parameters: <AddressTo> List of comma-separated values...
  • Page 732 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:I2C:DMIN <Data> Specifies the data bit pattern, or sets the start value of a data pattern range. Enter the bytes in MSB first bit order. The maximum pattern length is 64 bit. Waveform data is compared with the pattern byte-by-byte.
  • Page 733 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols 17.16.3.3 Filter There are two commands for each parameter, that you can use for defining the I2C settings. For example, to set the Frame type =WRITe > Field =Address >Data value you can use one of the following commands: ●...
  • Page 734 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:CLR Disables the filter for all available frames and error types. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 342 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:INVert...
  • Page 735 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRENable <Frame>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle <Enable> Enables or disables the specific frame to be filtered on. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF *RST:...
  • Page 736 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:DOPerator <Frame>,<Field>,<Operator> SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator <Data_Operator> Sets the operator for the data pattern in the selected field of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl>...
  • Page 737 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Edit" on page 343 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:IMIN <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN <Index_Min> Specifies the index, or sets the start value of an index range. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl>...
  • Page 738 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <BitState> ONE | ZERO *RST: ZERO Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 343 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FIENable <Frame>,<Field>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle <CondEnabler> Enables or disables the checking condition for the selected field of the selected frame.
  • Page 739 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:I2C:FCOunt? Returns the number of decoded frames. Suffix: <sb> 1..4 Selects the serial bus. Return values: <Count> Total number of decoded frames. Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:AACCess? Returns the address acknowledge bit value for the indicated frame.
  • Page 740 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <AddrComplete> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ADBStart? Returns the start time of the address acknowledge bit. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <AddrAckBtStrt>...
  • Page 741 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <DeviceAddress> Range: 0 to 1023 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:AMODe? Returns the address length. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <AddressType>...
  • Page 742 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BITRate? Returns the primary bit rate. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <PrimaryBitRate> Range: 0 to 100000000000 Increment: 1...
  • Page 743 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:COMPlete? Returns if the indicated byte is completely contained in the acquisition. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o> index of the byte number Return values: <ValueComplete>...
  • Page 744 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <Value> Range: 0 to 255 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:DATA? Returns the data words of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 745 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <FrameStart> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:STATus? Returns the overall state of the frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...

  • Page 746: Uart / Rs-232 (Option R&S Mxo4-K510)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <FrameStop> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:SYMBol? Returns the symbolic label of the specified frame if the label list is enabled.
  • Page 747 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ..................751 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:SOURce ..................751 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:THReshold ..................751 SBUS<sb>:UART:RX:POSition ..................752 SBUS<sb>:UART:RX:SCALe ..................752 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:POSition ...................752 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:SCALe SBUS<sb>:UART:BITRate <Bitrate> Sets the number of transmitted bits per second. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Bitrate>...
  • Page 748 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Packets" on page 357 SBUS<sb>:UART:PACKets <FrmSeparation> Defines the method of packet separation. A packet is a number of subsequent words in a date stream. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <FrmSeparation>...
  • Page 749 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:UART:POLarity <Polarity> Defines the logic levels of the bus. The idle state corresponds to a logic 1. The start bit corresponds to a logic 0. "Idle high" (high=1) is used, for example, for control signals, while "Idle low"...
  • Page 750 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Rx threshold> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 358 SBUS<sb>:UART:SBIT <StopBits> Sets the number of stop bits: 1 or 1.5 or 2 stop bits are possible. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <StopBits>...
  • Page 751 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Packets" on page 357 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:HYSTeresis <Tx hysteresis> Sets the hysteresis for the TX line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Tx hysteresis> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold"...
  • Page 752 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Rx position> Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:UART:RX:SCALe <Rx scale> Set the vertical scale of the RX UART signal. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Rx scale> Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:POSition <Tx position>...
  • Page 753 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:UART:DATA <DataPattern> Specifies the data pattern to be found on the specified trigger source. Enter the words in MSB first bit order. Parameters: <DataPattern> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Value" on page 363 TRIGger:UART:DPOSition <DataPosition>...
  • Page 754 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Source> TX | RX *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Trigger source" on page 362 TRIGger:UART:TYPE <Type> Selects the trigger condition. Parameters: <Type> STBT | PCKS | DATA | PRER | BRKC | STPerror...
  • Page 755 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:CHKall Enables the filter for all available frames and error types. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 360 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:CLR...
  • Page 756 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <Index_Min> Range: 1 to 65535 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit"...
  • Page 757 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:ERENable <ErrorName>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle <Enable> Defines the error type to be filtered on. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <n> index of the error Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Error type"...
  • Page 758 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 360 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:DMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX <Data_Max> Sets the end value of a data pattern range if the operator is set to INRange or OORANGe. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 759 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Frame type" on page 360 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FIENable <Frame>,<Field>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle <CondEnabler> Enables or disables the checking condition for the selected field of the selected frame.
  • Page 760 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:COUNt? Returns the number of words in the acquisition. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <w> The suffix is irrelevant. Return values: <Count> Number of words...
  • Page 761 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:STARt? Returns the start time of the specified word. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <w> index of the word Return values: <WordStart> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Default unit: s...

  • Page 762: Can (Option R&S Mxo4-K520)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:TXValue? Returns the value of the specified word on the TX line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <w> index of the word Return values: <TxValue>...
  • Page 763 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ....................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:NEWList ....................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:POSition ....................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SCALe SBUS<sb>:CAN:TYPE <SignalType> Selects the CAN-High or CAN-Low line. Both lines are required for differential signal transmission used by CAN. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <SignalType>...
  • Page 764 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:SOURce Source Sets the source channel to which the line is connected. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: Source C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9...
  • Page 765 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Hysteresis> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 372 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SIC:THReshold <SIC Threshold> Sets a threshold value for the SIC transceiver mode. Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 766 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <XLBitrate> Range: 10000 to 15000000 Increment: 100 *RST: 10000000 Default unit: bps Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "XL bit rate" on page 371 SBUS<sb>:CAN:XDATa:SAMPlepoint <XLSamplePoint>...
  • Page 767 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <ShowSymbols> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show symbols" on page 373 SBUS<sb>:CAN:NEWList <FileName> Loads a symbol list file. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Setting parameters: <FileName>...
  • Page 768 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols 17.16.5.2 Trigger Trigger commands for serial buses affect the current trigger source. Therefore, set the trigger source to the required serial bus with before TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce sending the bus-specific trigger commands......................768 TRIGger:CAN:TYPE ....................769 TRIGger:CAN:DCONdition .......................769...
  • Page 769 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Identifier: Sets the trigger to one specific identifier or an identifier range. To set the identifier, use TRIGger:CAN:ICONdition ,TRIGger:CAN:IMAX, and TRIGger:CAN:IMIN. IDDT Identifier and data: Combination of identifier and data conditions. To set the identifier condition, use TRIGger:CAN:ICONdition, TRIGger:CAN:IMIN, and TRIGger:CAN:IMAX.
  • Page 770 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:DPOSition <DataPosition> Defines the number of the first data byte at which the data pattern may start. Parameters: <DataPosition> Range: 1 to 2048 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command TRIGger:CAN:DLC <DLC> Sets the data length code, the number of data bytes to be found. For complete defini- tion, set also the operator with TRIGger:CAN:DLCCondition.
  • Page 771 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ERR: error OVLD: overload *RST: CBFF Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Frame type" on page 380 TRIGger:CAN:ICONdition <IdOperator> Sets the operator to set a specific identifier or an identifier range. Parameters: <IdOperator> EQUal | NEQual | LTHan | LETHan | GTHan | GETHan |...
  • Page 772 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:CAN:ITYPe <IdentifierType> Selects the format of data and remote frames. Remote frames are not available in the CAN FD protocol. Parameters: <IdentifierType> B11 | B29 11-bit identifier (standard format). The instrument triggers on the sample point of the IDE bit.
  • Page 773 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:CAN:ACKerror <AckError> Triggers when the transmitter does not receive an acknowledgment - a dominant bit during the ACK Slot. Available, if is set to ERRC. TRIGger:CAN:TYPE Parameters: <AckError> ON | OFF *RST: Usage:...
  • Page 774 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "BRS, ESI" on page 383 TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:ESI <ESI_Bit> Sets the error state indicator bit. Parameters: <ESI_Bit> ONE | ZERO | DC DC: do not care, bit is nor relevant.
  • Page 775 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:AF:MIN <AfPattern> Specifies an acceptance field pattern, or sets the start value of a range. Parameters: <AfPattern> List of comma separated values Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "AF" on page 384 TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:SDT:CONDition <SdtOperator>...
  • Page 776 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "SDT" on page 383 TRIGger:CAN:XDATa:SEC <SEC_Bit> Sets a value for the simple extended content (SEC) field. It indicates, if the CAN XL data frame uses the CADsec protocol. Parameters: <SEC_Bit> ONE | ZERO | DC...
  • Page 777 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <VcidPattern> List of comma separated values Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "VCID" on page 384 17.16.5.3 Filter ..................777 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:CHKall ................... 777 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:CLR ..................778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:INVert ................... 778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:RST ..................778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:ENABle .....................778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:BIT ...............778...
  • Page 778 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 375 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:INVert Inverts the current state of the frame and error types: all frames and error types that were enabled are disabled and vice versa.
  • Page 779 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fl> index of the field Parameters: <BitState> ONE | ZERO *RST: ZERO Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 376 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:DMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX <Data_Max> Sets the end value of a data pattern range if the operator is set to INRange or OORANGe.
  • Page 780 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <Data_Operator> EQUal | NEQual | LTHan | LETHan | GTHan | GETHan | INRange | OORange *RST: EQUal Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit"...
  • Page 781 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Parameters: <Enable> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Frame type" on page 376 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:IMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX <Index_Max>...
  • Page 782 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:IOPerator <Frame>,<Field>,<Operator> SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator <Index_Operator> Sets the operator for the index in the selected field of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <Index_Operator>...
  • Page 783 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ..............793 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:FDATa<o>:BRS? ................793 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:DBITrate? ................794 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:NBITrate? ................794 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:COUNt? ................. 794 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:SBC? ...............795 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:FCRC? SBUS<sb>:CAN:FCOunt? Returns the number of decoded frames for the CAN protocol analysis. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Return values: <Count>...
  • Page 784 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:STATe? Returns the state of the specified byte. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o> Selects the byte number. Return values: <State> OK | EOFD | ACKD | NOACk | CRCD | CRC | SERRror |...
  • Page 785 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:CSValue? Returns the CRC sequence value of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <ChecksumValue> Range: 0 to 4294967295...
  • Page 786 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:DLCValue? Returns the data length code of the selected frame - the number of data bytes in the frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameDLCValue>...
  • Page 787 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:IDTYpe? Returns the identifier type of the selected frame, the identifier format of data and remote frames. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <IdentifierType>...
  • Page 788 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:SDATa? Returns the symbolic data of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <SymbolicData> Comma-separated list of values. The first value is the number of bytes, followed by the values of the data bytes.
  • Page 789 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:STATus? Returns the overall state of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameState> OK | EOFD | ACKD | NOACk | CRCD | CRC | SERRror | FORM | BTST | UNKNown | INComplete OK: the frame is valid.
  • Page 790 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame Return values: <StuffCount> Range: 0 to 7 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:SYMBol? Returns the symbol of the specified frame if the label list is enabled.
  • Page 791 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:AF? Returns the value of the acceptance field for the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o> index of the field Return values: <AF>...
  • Page 792 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:SDT? Returns the value of the service data unit field for the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o>...
  • Page 793 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <VCID> Range: 0 to 255 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:FDATa<o>:ESI? Returns the value of the error state indicator (ESI) field for the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 794 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <DataBitRate> Range: 0 to 100000000000 Increment: 100 *RST: Default unit: bps Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:NBITrate? Returns the nominal bit rate of the frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...

  • Page 795: Lin (Option R&S Mxo4-K520)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <SBC> Range: 0 to 15 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:FCRC? Returns the value of the frame CRC for the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 796 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:LIN:BITRate <Bitrate> Sets the number of transmitted bits per second. The maximum bit rate for LIN is 20 kbit/s. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Bitrate> Range: 1000 to 20000000...
  • Page 797 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Threshold> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 395 SBUS<sb>:LIN:POLarity <Polarity> Defines the idle state of the bus. The idle state is the recessive state and corresponds to a logic 1.
  • Page 798 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <LIN scale> Usage: Asynchronous command 17.16.6.2 Trigger Trigger commands for serial buses affect the current trigger source. Therefore, set the trigger source to the required serial bus with before TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce...
  • Page 799 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:LIN:CHKSerror <ChecksumError> Triggers on checksum errors. Available, if is set to ERRC. TRIGger:LIN:TYPE Parameters: <ChecksumError> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Error conditions" on page 398 TRIGger:LIN:DCONdition <DataOperator> Sets the operator to set a specific data pattern or a data pattern range.
  • Page 800 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols TRIGger:LIN:ICONdition <IdOperator> Sets the operator to set a specific identifier or an identifier range. Parameters: <IdOperator> EQUal | NEQual | LTHan | LETHan | GTHan | GETHan | INRange | OORange EQUal | NEQual | LTHan | LETHan | GTHan | GETHan Equal, not equal, less than, less or equal than, greater than, greater or equal than.
  • Page 801 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <IdParityError> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Error conditions" on page 398 TRIGger:LIN:SYERror <SyncError> Triggers if a synchronization error occurs. Available, if is set to ERRC. TRIGger:LIN:TYPE Parameters: <SyncError>...
  • Page 802 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ...............805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle ....................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IMAX ..............805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX .....................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IMIN ...............805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN ..................806 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IOPerator ............806 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:CHKall Enables the filter for all available frames and error types. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus...
  • Page 803 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 399 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:BIT <Frame>,<Field>,<Bit> SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT <BitState> Sets the operator for the data pattern in the selected field of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 804 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 400 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:DOPerator <Frame>,<Field>,<Operator> SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator <Data_Operator> Sets the operator for the data pattern in the selected field of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 805 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <CondEnabler> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 400 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRENable <Frame>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle <Enable> Enables the filtering on LIN frames. Only the frames that match the selected filter con- ditions are displayed.
  • Page 806 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <Index_Min> Range: 1 to 65535 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 400 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IOPerator <Frame>,<Field>,<Operator> SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator <Index_Operator> Sets the operator for the index in the selected field of the selected frame.
  • Page 807 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:LIN:FCOunt? Returns the number of decoded frames. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Return values: <Count> Total number of decoded frames. Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BITRate? Returns the primary bit rate.
  • Page 808 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o> index of the byte Return values: <FrameByteValue> Range: 0 to 18446744073709551615 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:COUNt?
  • Page 809 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame <o> index of the byte Return values: <Label> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:CSValue? Returns the checksum value of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 810 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:IDSTate? Returns the identifier state of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <IdtfSt> OK | UART | CHCKsum | VERS | LENer | SPERror | PRERror |...
  • Page 811 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:STATus? Returns the overall state of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameState> OK | WAKeup | CHCKsum | PRERror | STERror | SYERror | LNERror | UNK | INComplete WAKeup: wake-up frame.

  • Page 812: Spmi (Option R&S Mxo4-K550)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <Protected identifer> Range: 0 to 255 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command 17.16.7 SPMI (option R&S MXO4-K550) Before MXO 4 can accept the specific bus commands, make sure that: ●...
  • Page 813 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPMI:GSIDenable <UseGSID> Enables the use of the group sub ID (GSID). You can set the GSID with SBUS<sb>: SPMI:GIDValue. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <UseGSID> ON | OFF *RST:...
  • Page 814 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SCLK:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis> Sets a value for the hysteresis for the clock line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Hysteresis> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 407 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SCLK:SOURce <ClockSource>...
  • Page 815 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 407 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SDATa:SOURce <DataSource> Sets the source of the data line. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <DataSource> C1 | C2 | C3 | C4 | D0 | D1 | D2 | D3 | D4 | D5 | D6 | D7 | D8 | D9...
  • Page 816 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols 17.16.7.2 Filter There are two commands for each parameter, that you can use for defining the LIN settings. For example, to set the Frame type =Data > Field =Id >Id value you can use one of the following commands: ●...
  • Page 817 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 409 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:CLR Disables the filter for all available frames and error types. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset"...
  • Page 818 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 409 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:INVert Inverts the current state of the frame and error types: all frames and error types that were enabled are disabled and vice versa.
  • Page 819 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX <Data_Max> Sets the end value of a data pattern range if the operator is set to INRange or OORANGe. You can set the operator with SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>: DOPerator. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...
  • Page 820 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 410 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:ERENable <ErrorName>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle <Enable> Defines the error type to be filtered on. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <n> index of the error Parameters: <Enable>...
  • Page 821 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Index_Min> Range: 1 to 65535 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 410 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:IMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX <Index_Max> Sets the end value of an index range if the operator is set to INRange.
  • Page 822 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <CondEnabler> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 410 17.16.7.3...
  • Page 823 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameBC> Range: 0 to 65535 Increment: 1 *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FRAMe<fr>:DATA? Returns the data value of the specified frame.
  • Page 824 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:LABel? Returns the label of the fields in the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Return values: <Label>...
  • Page 825 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FRAMe<fr>:RBRate? Returns the read bit rate of the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameRBR> Range: 0 to 100000000000...
  • Page 826 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FRAMe<fr>:STATus? Returns the overall state of the selected frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FrameState> OK | NOReponse | ACKerror | BPERror | PARerror | LENerror |...

  • Page 827: 10Base-T1S (Option R&S Mxo4-K560)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ERRL: extended register read long MAWR: main write MARD: main read BMRD: device descriptor block main read BSRD: device descriptor block sub read TBOW: transfer bus ownership REST: reset SLEP: sleep SHUT: shutdown...
  • Page 828 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols ................829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:THReshold:LOWer ................829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:THReshold:UPPer .....................829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:NEWList SBUS<sb>:TNOS:HYSTeresis <Hysteresis> Sets a value for the hysteresis. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <Hysteresis> Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 415 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:POSition <TENBTO position>...
  • Page 829 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:TNOS:SYMBols <ShowSymbols> Activates the symbol list to be used for decoding. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Parameters: <ShowSymbols> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:THReshold:LOWer <Lower Thres> Sets a lower threshold.
  • Page 830 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command 17.16.8.2 Filter There are two commands for each parameter, that you can use for defining the 10BASE-T1S settings. For example, to set the Frame type =Data > Field =Id >Id value you can use one of the following commands: ●...
  • Page 831 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset" on page 416 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:CLR Disables the filter for all available frames and error types. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus Usage: Setting only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Check all, Clear, Invert, Reset"...
  • Page 832 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 417 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:DMAX <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX <Data_Max> Sets the end value of a data pattern range if the operator is set to INRange or OORANGe. You can set the operator with SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:...
  • Page 833 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Parameters: <Data_Operator> EQUal | NEQual | LTHan | LETHan | GTHan | GETHan | INRange | OORange *RST: EQUal Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 417 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:ERENable <ErrorName>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle <Enable> Suffix: <sb>...
  • Page 834 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame <fl> index of the field Parameters: <Index_Max> Range: 1 to 65535 Increment: 1 *RST: 65535 Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Edit" on page 417 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:IMIN <Frame>,<Field>,<Data> SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN <Index_Min>...
  • Page 835 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRENable <Frame>,<Enabler> SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle <Enable> Enables the filtering on 10Base-T1S frames. Only the frames that match the selected filter conditions are displayed. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Parameters: <Enable>...
  • Page 836 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <Count> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:BCOunt? Returns the number of bytes in the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <Count>...
  • Page 837 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:FVALue? Returns the formatted value of the specified byte. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o> index of the byte Return values: <FormattedValue> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:LABel?
  • Page 838 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols INComplete: the frame is incomplete *RST: Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:VALue? Returns the value of the specified byte. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame <o>...
  • Page 839 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:DATA? Returns the data for the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:DTADdress? Returns the destination address for the specified frame.
  • Page 840 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FormattedCRC> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:FDATa? Returns the formatted data for the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FormattedData>...
  • Page 841 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:FTPLenth? Returns the formatted type length for the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <FormattedTypLenth> Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:SRADdress? Returns the source address for the specified frame.
  • Page 842 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Protocols Return values: <FrameStart> Range: -1E+26 to 1E+26 Increment: 1E-10 *RST: Default unit: s Usage: Query only Asynchronous command SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:STATus? Returns the state of the frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr>...

  • Page 843: Mixed Signal Option (Option R&S Mxo4-B1)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:TPLenth? Returns the type length for the specified frame. Suffix: <sb> 1...4, index of the serial bus <fr> index of the frame Return values: <TypeLenth> Range: 0 to 65535...

  • Page 844: Digital Channels

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) 17.17.1 Digital channels All DIGital: commands affect only the settings of the first MSO bus (Logic1). The settings of all other logic groups (Logic 2, 3,4) remain unchanged.
  • Page 845 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Parameters: <Skew> Usage: Asynchronous command DIGital<m>:STATe <State> Enables or disables the indicated digital channel, displays it, and enables the Logic 1 if the bus was disabled. If another active bus already uses the selected digital channel, the instrument disables the other bus to avoid conflicts.

  • Page 846: Logic Configuration

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Usage: Asynchronous command DIGital<m>:THReshold <Value> Sets the logical threshold for the channel group to which the indicated digital channel belongs. The setting affects only the settings of the first MSO bus (Logic1).
  • Page 847 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) ....................853 PBUS<pb>:TECHnology ....................853 PBUS<pb>:THCoupling ..................... 854 PBUS<pb>:THReshold<n> PBUS<pb>:BIT<n>:LABel <Label> Sets a name for the indicated digital channel. The name is displayed in the diagram. Suffix: <pb> 1...4, index of the logic group <n>...
  • Page 848 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Suffix: <pb> 1...4, index of the logic group <n> 0..15 Selects the bit of the bus word. Each bit corresponds to a digital channel. Parameters: <Assigned> ON | OFF...
  • Page 849 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Manual operation: "Bus clocked" on page 426 PBUS<pb>:CLSLope <ClockSlope> Selects the slope of the clock signal at which all digital channels of the bus are ana- lyzed. Suffix: <pb>...
  • Page 850 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) PBUS<pb>:DECTable:DATA? Returns a list of decoded values and corresponding points in time from the decode table. Each data pair corresponds to one clock edge, which is one row in the table. The decode table is only available for clocked buses.
  • Page 851 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Show bus" on page 425 PBUS<pb>:DISPlay:SHDI <ShwDigSigns> If enabled, the selected digital channels are shown in the diagram. Each channel is dis- played as a logic signal.
  • Page 852 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) PBUS<pb>:POSition <YPosition> Sets the position of the indicated logic group waveform. Suffix: <pb> 1...4, index of the logic group Parameters: <YPosition> Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 0.1 *RST:...
  • Page 853 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) The bus is enabled automatically if the first digital channel is enabled with PBUS<pb>: BIT<n>[:STATe]. Suffix: <pb> 1...4, index of the logic group Parameters: <State> ON | OFF...

  • Page 854: Mso Data

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Parameters: <LevelCoupling> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Level coupling" on page 424 PBUS<pb>:THReshold<n> <Threshold> Sets the logical threshold for the indicated channel group. Alternatively you can use the following commands: ●...
  • Page 855 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Table 17-7: Header data Position Meaning Example XStart, acquisition time before trigger, in s -5E-008 = - 50 ns XStop, acquisition time after trigger, in s 5E-008 = 50 ns...
  • Page 856 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Mixed signal option (option R&S MXO4-B1) Parameters: <DataFormat> HEX | OCT | BIN | ASCII | ASCii | SIGN | USIG *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Data format" on page 425 PBUS<pb>:DATA:HEADer? Returns the header data of the indicated bus.

  • Page 857: Waveform Generator (Option R&S Mxo4-B6)

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Usage: Query only Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Data format" on page 425 17.18 Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) This chapter describes the remote commands of the waveform generator. The instrument preset does not affect the generator settings. Each generator has its own preset: WGENerator<wg>:PRESet.
  • Page 858 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Frequency> Range: 0.001 to 100000000 Increment: 0.001 *RST: 10000000 Default unit: Hz Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Frequency" on page 436 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion:PULSe[:WIDTh] <PulseWidth>...
  • Page 859 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <FunctionType> SINusoid | SQUare | RAMP | DC | PULSe | SINC | CARDiac | GAUSs | LORNtz | EXPRise | EXPFall | ARBitrary...
  • Page 860 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Period> Range: 1E-08 to 1000 Increment: 1 *RST: 1E-06 Default unit: s Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Period" on page 438 WGENerator<wg>:PRESet...
  • Page 861 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <High> Range: -5.99 to 6 Increment: 0.1 *RST: Default unit: V Usage: Asynchronous command WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:INVersion <Inversion> Inverts the waveform at the offset level. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Inversion>...
  • Page 862 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage[:VPP] <Amplitude> Sets the amplitude of the waveform. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Amplitude> Range: 0.01 to 12 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Vpp Usage:...
  • Page 863 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) ..............868 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:DCYCle ..............869 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:DEPTh ............869 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:FREQuency ............... 869 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:SYMMetry .............. 870 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM[:FUNCtion] ................870 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:TYPE WGENerator<wg>:MODulation[:STATe] <Modulation> Enables or disables modulation. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Modulation>...
  • Page 864 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Depth" on page 440 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:FREQuency <Frequency> Sets the frequency of the modulation waveform for AM frequency modulation. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 865 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:CARRier:FREQuency <FreqCarrierAlias> Sets the frequency of the carrier signal for a modulation waveform. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <FreqCarrierAlias> Range: 0.001 to 100000000 Increment: 0.001...
  • Page 866 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Deviation> Range: 0.001 to 10000000 Increment: 1 *RST: 1000 Default unit: Hz Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Deviation" on page 440 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:FM:FREQuency <Frequency>...
  • Page 867 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <SignalType> SINusoid | SQUare | RAMP *RST: SINusoid Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Signal type" on page 439 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:FSK:FONE <Frequency1> WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:FSK:FTWO <Frequency2> Sets the frequency of the first /second signal in FSK modulated signal.
  • Page 868 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <LevelDC> Range: 0 to 10 Increment: 0.01 *RST: Default unit: Vpp Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Noise level for DC" on page 438 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:NLABsolute? Queries the level of the noise in volts.
  • Page 869 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <SquareDutyCycle> Range: 10 to 90 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Duty cycle" on page 440 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM:DEPTh <Depth> Sets the modulation depth, the percentage of the amplitude range that is used for PWM modulation.
  • Page 870 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <RampSymmetry> Range: 0 to 100 Increment: 1 *RST: Default unit: % Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Symmetry" on page 440 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:PWM[:FUNCtion] <SignalType> Selects the type of the modulating signal for PWM modulation.
  • Page 871 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen:NAME <Folder> Sets the file path and the file for an arbitrary waveform, if WGENerator<wg>: is set to ARBitrary. ARBGen[:SOURce] Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Folder>...
  • Page 872 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Manual operation: "Run single" on page 444 WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen:SAMPles? Sets the sample rate for the arbitrary waveform. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Return values: <NumSamples> Range: 0 to 128000000...
  • Page 873 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) 17.18.1.4 Sweep settings .................. 873 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep[:STATe] ..................873 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:TYPE ................... 873 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:FSTart ..................874 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:TIME ..................874 WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:FEND WGENerator<wg>:SWEep[:STATe] <Sweep> Enables or disables the sweeping. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Sweep>...

  • Page 874: Synchronize Settings

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) WGENerator<wg>:SWEep:TIME <Time> Sets the duration of the sweep. Suffix: <wg> 1...2, index of the waveform generator Parameters: <Time> Range: 0.001 to 500 Increment: 1 *RST: 0.001 Default unit: s...
  • Page 875 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Waveform generator (option R&S MXO4-B6) Parameters: <CoupleEnable> ON | OFF *RST: Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Generator enable" on page 446 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling:AMPLitude <CplAmplitude> Enables the coupling of all amplitude parameters of the generators. Suffix: <wg>...

  • Page 876: Status Reporting

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Amplitude parameters" on page 447 GENerator:SYNC[:COMBination] <Combination> Selects which signals generated from the waveform generator are synchronized. Parameters: <Combination> NONE | GEN12 *RST: NONE Usage: Asynchronous command Manual operation: "Synchron start"...

  • Page 877: Status:operation Register

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting Usage: Setting only SCPI confirmed 17.19.2 STATus:OPERation register STATus:OPERation commands provide information on the activity of the instrument. See also: Chapter 16.5.3.3, "STATus:OPERation register", on page 467..................877 STATus:OPERation:CONDition? ..................877 STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? ....................877...

  • Page 878: Status:questionable Registers

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting 17.19.3 STATus:QUEStionable registers The commands of the STATus:QUEStionable subsystem control the status reporting structures of the STATus:QUEStionable registers. See also: Chapter 16.5.3.4, "STATus:QUEStionable register", on page 468. The query of the [:EVENt] and [:ENABLe] commands, return a list of the affected sources: Table 17-8: Source values for STATus:QUEStionable:...:[:EVENt] and STATus:QUEStionable:...:...

  • Page 879: Reading Out The Condition Part

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting Table 17-9: Overview: STATus:QUEStionable and respective CHANnel, MEASurement and WGENera- tor commands STATus:QUEStionable register MEASurement STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload CHANnel<ch>:OVERload:STATus Bit: CHANnel<ch> STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload CHANnel<ch>:WARNoverload:STATus Bit: WCHannel<ch> STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus Bit: EXTTRIGGERIN STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:OVERload:STATus Bit: TRIGGEROUT STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping...

  • Page 880: Reading Out The Event Part

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus:CONDition? WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:CONDition? WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:GOVerload:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:IMPRecise:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:MARGin:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:CONDition? Returns the contents of the CONDition part of the status register to check for ques- tionable instrument or measurement states. This part contains information on the action currently being performed in the instrument.

  • Page 881: Controlling The Enable Part

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting Parameters: <Value> Source values for STATus:QUEStionable:...:[:EVENt] and STATus:QUEStionable:...:[:ENABLe] for a list of the return val- ues. Usage: Query only 17.19.6 Controlling the ENABle part CHANnel<ch>:OVERload:STATus:ENABle <Value> CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping:ENABle <Value> CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping:ENABle <Value> CHANnel<ch>:WARNoverload:STATus:ENABle <Value>...

  • Page 882: Controlling The Positive Transition Part

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting CHANnel<ch>:PPSupply:STATus:NTRansition <Value> CHANnel<ch>:WARNoverload:STATus:NTRansition <Value> MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus:NTRansition <Value> MEASurement<mg>:LIMit:STATus:NTRansition <Value> MEASurement<mg>:MARGin:STATus:NTRansition <Value> TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:OVERload:STATus:NTRansition <Value> TRIGger:ACTions:OUT:OVERload:STATus:PTRansition <Value> WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:NTRansition <Value> WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:ADCState:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:COVerload:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:GOVerload:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:IMPRecise:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:MARGin:NTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:NTRansition <Value>...
  • Page 883 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:PTRansition <Value> STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition <Value> Sets the positive transition filter. If a bit is set, a transition from 0 to 1 in the condition part causes an entry to be made in the corresponding bit of the EVENt part of the register.

  • Page 884: Programming Tips And Examples

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting 17.19.9 Programming tips and examples Example: Observing the limits violation of a measurement The following example describes how to use the status register commands to observe, if a violation of a measurement limit has occurred.
  • Page 885 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Status reporting STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition? MEAS1,MEAS2 // Measurements 1 and 2 are still exceeding the limit STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt? // Waiting for an event *SRQ? // Measurement 3 exceeds the limit STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition? MEAS1,MEAS2,MEAS3 // Measurements 1,2 and 3 are currently exceeding the limit...

  • Page 886: Deprecated Commands

    MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Deprecated commands “1”. In addition, the test program is blocked while waiting with *OPC?. It is not possible to process other (not interdependent) commands in the meantime or to communicate with other instruments. Thus, for time-consuming operations, you can avoid blocking the communication by...
  • Page 887 MXO 4 Series Remote control commands Deprecated commands Legacy command Replaced by Comment SBUS<sb>:CAN:DATA:THReshold Replaced since FW 1.4 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SIC:THReshold on page 765 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FAST:THReshold on page 765 SBUS<sb>:CAN:DATA:SOURce on page 764 Replaced since FW 2.0 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SOURce User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 888: Maintenance And Support

    MXO 4 Series Maintenance and support Contacting customer support 18 Maintenance and support The instrument does not need periodic maintenance. Only the cleaning of the instru- ment is essential. To protect the front panel and to transport the instrument to another workplace safely and easily, various accessories are provided.

  • Page 889: Information For Technical Support

    MXO 4 Series Maintenance and support Data security to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applica- tions of Rohde & Schwarz products. Contact information Contact our customer support center at www.rohde-schwarz.com/support, or follow this QR code: Figure 18-1: QR code to the Rohde &...

  • Page 890: Transporting

    MXO 4 Series Maintenance and support Disposal 18.6 Transporting Lifting and carrying See: "Lifting and carrying the instrument" on page 18 Packing Use the original packaging material. It consists of antistatic wrap for electrostatic pro- tection and packing material designed for the product.
  • Page 891 MXO 4 Series Maintenance and support Disposal Rohde & Schwarz has developed a disposal concept for the eco-friendly disposal or recycling of waste material. As a manufacturer, Rohde & Schwarz completely fulfills its obligation to take back and dispose of electrical and electronic waste. Contact your local service representative to dispose of the product.

  • Page 892: List Of Commands

    MXO 4 Series List of commands List of commands *CAL?................................480 *CLS................................480 *IDN?................................480 *OPC................................481 *OPT?................................481 *RCL................................481 *RST................................481 *SAV................................482 *SRE................................482 *STB?................................482 *TRG................................482 *WAI................................482 ACQuire:AVAilable?............................516 ACQuire:AVERage?............................516 ACQuire:COUNt.............................516 ACQuire:CURRent?............................517 ACQuire:HISTory:CURRent........................... 587 ACQuire:HISTory:PLAY..........................587 ACQuire:HISTory:REPLay..........................587 ACQuire:HISTory:STARt..........................588 ACQuire:HISTory:STOP..........................588 ACQuire:HISTory:TPACq..........................
  • Page 893 MXO 4 Series List of commands CALCulate:MATH<m>:LABel.........................583 CALCulate:MATH<m>:STATe........................582 CALCulate:MATH<m>:UNIT.......................... 584 CALCulate:MATH<m>:VERTical:OFFSet...................... 584 CALCulate:MATH<m>:VERTical:SCALe:MODE................... 585 CALCulate:MATH<m>:VERTical:SCALe[:VALue]..................584 CALCulate:MATH<m>[:EXPRession][:DEFine]..................... 582 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO............646 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio............ 646 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:BANDwidth[:RESolution][:VALue]..........647 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:CENTer..................647 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:SCALe...................647 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:SPAN.................... 648 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:STARt....................648 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:STOP.................... 648 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:FREQuency:WINDow:TYPE................649 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:POSition....................653 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:STARt......................654 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:STOP...................... 654 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:GATE:WIDTh.....................654 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:LEVel....................650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:RANGe...................650 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:MAGNitude:SCALe....................650...
  • Page 894 MXO 4 Series List of commands CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA:HEADer?............... 659 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MINimum:DATA[:VALues]?.............. 659 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:MINimum:ENABle................653 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:NORMal:DATA:HEADer?..............659 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:NORMal:DATA[:VALues]?..............659 CALCulate:SPECtrum<sp>:WAVeform:NORMal[:ENABle]................653 CALibration:DATE?............................503 CALibration:RESult?............................504 CALibration:TIME?............................503 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping:CONDition?................879 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping:ENABle.................. 881 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping:NTRansition................881 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping:PTRansition................882 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:NCLipping[:EVENt]?................880 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping:CONDition?................879 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping:ENABle.................. 881 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping:NTRansition................881 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping:PTRansition................882 CHANnel<ch>:ADCState:STATus:PCLipping[:EVENt]?................880 CHANnel<ch>:BANDwidth..........................512 CHANnel<ch>:COUPling..........................511 CHANnel<ch>:DATA:HEADer?........................514 CHANnel<ch>:DATA:VALues?........................515...
  • Page 895 MXO 4 Series List of commands CURSor<cu>:DISPlay:VALues........................639 CURSor<cu>:FFT:SETCenter........................643 CURSor<cu>:FFT:TOCenter..........................643 CURSor<cu>:FUNCtion..........................635 CURSor<cu>:HORizontal<n>:LABel......................639 CURSor<cu>:LABel............................638 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:LEFT........................643 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:NEXT........................644 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum:RIGHt........................644 CURSor<cu>:MAXimum[:PEAK]........................643 CURSor<cu>:PEXCursion..........................644 CURSor<cu>:SIAD............................640 CURSor<cu>:SOURce..........................635 CURSor<cu>:SSCReen..........................638 CURSor<cu>:SSOurce..........................636 CURSor<cu>:STATe............................635 CURSor<cu>:STYLe............................645 CURSor<cu>:THReshold..........................644 CURSor<cu>:TRACking[:STATe]........................638 CURSor<cu>:USSource..........................636 CURSor<cu>:VERTical<n>:LABel.........................639 CURSor<cu>:X1ENvelope..........................641 CURSor<cu>:X1Position..........................636 CURSor<cu>:X2ENvelope..........................641...
  • Page 896 MXO 4 Series List of commands DISPlay:DIAGram:FINegrid........................... 495 DISPlay:DIAGram:GRID..........................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:LABels..........................495 DISPlay:DIAGram:STYLe..........................499 DISPlay:DIAGram:XFIXed..........................496 DISPlay:DIAGram:YFIXed..........................496 DISPlay:DIALog:FONTsize..........................496 DISPlay:DIALog:TRANsparency........................497 DISPlay:INTensity............................499 DISPlay:PERSistence:INFinite........................498 DISPlay:PERSistence:RESet........................498 DISPlay:PERSistence:TIME.......................... 498 DISPlay:PERSistence[:STATe]........................499 DISPlay:RESult:FONTsize..........................497 DISPlay:SIGNal:LABel...........................512 DISPlay:TOOLbar:COUNt?........................... 493 DISPlay:TOOLbar:DESelect.......................... 493 DISPlay:TOOLbar:RESTore...........................493 EXPort:RESult:DELimiter..........................503 EXPort:RESult:NAME............................ 609 EXPort:RESult:SAVE.............................
  • Page 897 MXO 4 Series List of commands FRANalysis:CALibration:CALibration......................668 FRANalysis:CALibration:RESult?........................668 FRANalysis:CALibration:STATe........................668 FRANalysis:ENABle............................661 FRANalysis:FREQuency:DATA?........................671 FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt........................662 FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP........................662 FRANalysis:GAIN:DATA?..........................671 FRANalysis:GAIN:ENABle..........................669 FRANalysis:GAIN:OFFSet..........................669 FRANalysis:GAIN:SCALe..........................670 FRANalysis:GENerator:AMPLitude....................... 662 FRANalysis:GENerator:LOAD........................662 FRANalysis:GENerator[:CHANnel]........................ 663 FRANalysis:INPut[:SOURce]......................... 663 FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:FREQuency?..................... 673 FRANalysis:MARGin:GAIN:VALue?......................673 FRANalysis:MARGin:PHASe:FREQuency?....................673 FRANalysis:MARGin:PHASe:VALue?......................673 FRANalysis:MARGin:STATe.......................... 672 FRANalysis:MARKer<m>:FREQuency......................674...
  • Page 898 MXO 4 Series List of commands GATE<g>:SHOW............................626 GATE<g>:ZDIagram............................625 GENerator:RCL..............................606 GENerator:SAV..............................606 GENerator:SYNC[:COMBination]........................876 HCOPy:DESTination<m>..........................610 HCOPy:DEVice<m>:INVerse......................... 611 HCOPy:DEVice<m>:LANGuage........................611 HCOPy:IMMediate<m>:NEXT........................612 HCOPy:IMMediate<m>[:DUM]........................612 HCOPy:ISBA..............................612 HCOPy:SSD..............................613 HCOPy:WBKG...............................613 HDEFinition:BWIDth............................538 HDEFinition:RESolution?..........................538 HDEFinition:STATe............................539 LAYout<ly>:ACTive............................488 LAYout<ly>:COUNt?............................488 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:COUNt?......................489 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:LABel........................490 LAYout<ly>:DIAGram<da>:SOURce......................490...
  • Page 899 MXO 4 Series List of commands LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:POSition...................580 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:SPAN..................581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:STARt..................580 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:STOP..................581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>:VERTical:RELative:WIDTh..................581 LAYout<ly>:ZOOM<zo>[:ENABle]........................574 LAYout<ly>[:ENABle]............................. 488 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:CSLope......................616 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:DELay<n>:DIRection...................617 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:DELay<n>:SLOPe..................618 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:DTOTrigger<n>:SLOPe................618 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:ESLope......................616 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:PSLope......................617 MEASurement<mg>:AMPTime:PTCount...................... 617 MEASurement<mg>:COUNt?........................614 MEASurement<mg>:ENVSelect........................615 MEASurement<mg>:FSRC..........................614 MEASurement<mg>:GATE..........................619 MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus:CONDition?.................. 879 MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus:ENABle..................881 MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus:NTRansition..................882 MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus:PTRansition.................. 882 MEASurement<mg>:IMPRecise:STATus[:EVENt]?..................880 MEASurement<mg>:LIMit:STATus:CONDition?.................... 879 MEASurement<mg>:LIMit:STATus:ENABle....................881...
  • Page 900 MXO 4 Series List of commands MEASurement<mg>:RESult:WFMCount?..................... 620 MEASurement<mg>:RESult[:ACTual]?......................620 MEASurement<mg>:SOURce........................614 MEASurement<mg>:SSRC........................... 615 MEASurement<mg>:STATistics:ARESet....................... 622 MEASurement<mg>:STATistics[:ENABle]..................... 623 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:AUTO.......................631 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:CONTiunous....................631 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:DATA:HEADer?....................632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:DATA[:VALues]?....................633 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:OFFSet......................632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk:SCALe......................632 MEASurement<mg>:TRACk[:STATe]......................631 MEASurement<mg>[:ENABle]........................614 METer:BANDwidth............................701 METer:DVMeter<m>:ACRMs:ENABle......................701 METer:DVMeter<m>:ACRMs:RESult?......................701 METer:DVMeter<m>:DC:ENABle........................702 METer:DVMeter<m>:DC:RESult?........................702 METer:DVMeter<m>:DCRMs:ENABle......................
  • Page 901 MXO 4 Series List of commands MMEMory:SAV...............................604 MMEMory:STORe:STATe..........................605 PBUS<pb>:BIT<n>:LABel..........................847 PBUS<pb>:BIT<n>:SKEW..........................847 PBUS<pb>:BIT<n>[:STATe]...........................847 PBUS<pb>:CLEar............................848 PBUS<pb>:CLOCk............................848 PBUS<pb>:CLON............................848 PBUS<pb>:CLSLope.............................849 PBUS<pb>:DATA:FORMat..........................855 PBUS<pb>:DATA:HEADer?...........................856 PBUS<pb>:DATA[:VALues]?..........................856 PBUS<pb>:DECTable:COUNt?........................849 PBUS<pb>:DECTable:DATA?........................850 PBUS<pb>:DECTable:SHOW........................849 PBUS<pb>:DIGSignals:POSition........................850 PBUS<pb>:DIGSignals:SCALe........................850 PBUS<pb>:DISPlay:SHBU..........................850 PBUS<pb>:DISPlay:SHDI..........................851 PBUS<pb>:HYSTeresis<n>...........................851 PBUS<pb>:POSition............................852 PBUS<pb>:SCALe............................852 PBUS<pb>:SKEW............................852 PBUS<pb>:STATe............................852 PBUS<pb>:TECHnology..........................853 PBUS<pb>:THCoupling..........................853 PBUS<pb>:THReshold<n>..........................854 POWer<m>:ASKew[:EXECute]........................
  • Page 902 MXO 4 Series List of commands POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:LOWer................695 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MIDDle................696 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:MODE................696 POWer<m>:HARMonics:REFLevel<rl>:RELative:UPPer................697 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:PERCent:MAXimum?............691 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:PERCent:MINimum?............691 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:PERCent[:ACTual]?............691 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:RMS:MAXimum?............. 691 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:RMS:MINimum?...............692 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:MAGNitude:RMS[:ACTual]?..............692 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>:VIOLation?...................689 POWer<m>:HARMonics:RESult<n>[:FREQuency]?..................690 POWer<m>:HARMonics:SOURce:CURRent....................685 POWer<m>:HARMonics:SOURce[:VOLTage]....................686 POWer<m>:HARMonics:STANdard......................686 POWer<m>:HARMonics:STATistics:RESet....................687 POWer<m>:QUALity:FREQuency:USER...................... 678 POWer<m>:QUALity:FREQuency[:VALue]....................678 POWer<m>:QUALity:POWer:DATA:HEADer?....................698 POWer<m>:QUALity:POWer:DATA[:VALues]?..................... 699 POWer<m>:QUALity:REFLevel<rl>:ABSolute:HYSTeresis................693...
  • Page 903 MXO 4 Series List of commands POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:PPEak?................681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:RMS?................. 681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent:STDDev?................681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:APParent[:ACTual]?................681 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:AVERage?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:NPEak?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:PPEak?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:RMS?................... 682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor:STDDev?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PFACtor[:ACTual]?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:AVERage?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:NPEak?..................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:PPEak?..................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:RMS?..................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe:STDDev?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:PHASe[:ACTual]?................682 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:AVERage?................683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:NPEak?................683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:PPEak?................683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:RMS?................. 683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive:STDDev?................683 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:POWer:REACtive[:ACTual]?................
  • Page 904 MXO 4 Series List of commands POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS:STDDev?................685 POWer<m>:QUALity:RESult:VOLTage:RMS[:ACTual]?................685 POWer<m>:QUALity:SOURce:CURRent...................... 677 POWer<m>:QUALity:SOURce[:VOLTage].....................678 POWer<m>:TYPE............................676 POWer<m>[:ENABle]............................ 676 PROBe<ch>:ID:PARTnumber?........................536 PROBe<ch>:ID:PRDate?..........................537 PROBe<ch>:ID:SRNumber?......................... 537 PROBe<ch>:ID:SWVersion?......................... 537 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:COMMon?.....................529 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:DIFFerential?....................529 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:NEGative?.....................529 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:POSitive?...................... 530 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:RESults:SINGle?......................528 PROBe<ch>:PMETer:STATe..........................528 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ACCoupling........................526 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:AUDioverload....................530 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:FILTer......................530 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:PMToffset....................531 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ADVanced:RANGe......................531 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:DEFProbe....................522 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:MANual....................522 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ATTenuation:UNIT......................523...
  • Page 905 MXO 4 Series List of commands PROBe<ch>:SETup:TYPE?.......................... 525 PROBe<ch>:SETup:ZAXV..........................528 REFCurve<rc>:ABORt...........................590 REFCurve<rc>:AXIS[:XMODe]........................593 REFCurve<rc>:CLEar............................590 REFCurve<rc>:DATA:HEADer?........................597 REFCurve<rc>:DATA:STYPe?........................597 REFCurve<rc>:DATA[:VALues]?........................598 REFCurve<rc>:HMODe..........................594 REFCurve<rc>:NAME............................591 REFCurve<rc>:OFFSet..........................591 REFCurve<rc>:OPEN............................591 REFCurve<rc>:POSition..........................594 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:FACTor....................594 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:OFFSet....................595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:HORizontal:STATe....................595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:FACTor....................595 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:OFFSet....................596 REFCurve<rc>:RESCale:VERTical:STATe....................596 REFCurve<rc>:RESTore..........................591 REFCurve<rc>:SAVE.............................592 REFCurve<rc>:SCALe...........................593 REFCurve<rc>:SOURce..........................592 REFCurve<rc>:STATe............................592 REFCurve<rc>:TOORiginal...........................
  • Page 906 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:CAN:FCOunt?..........................783 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FDATa:DBITrate........................764 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FDATa:SAMPlepoint......................764 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:BIT........................... 778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:CHKall........................777 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:CLR......................... 777 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:DMAX........................779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:DMIN........................779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:DOPerator....................... 779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:ENABle........................778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:ERENable........................780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FIENable........................780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle....................780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT..................778 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX..................779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN..................779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator................779 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle...................780 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX..................781 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN..................781...
  • Page 907 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:STARt?......................788 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:STATus?......................789 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:STOP?......................789 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:STUFf?......................789 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:SYMBol?......................790 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:TYPE?......................790 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:AF?....................791 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:FCRC?..................795 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:PCRC?..................791 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:SDT?.....................792 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:SEC?.................... 792 SBUS<sb>:CAN:FRAMe<fr>:XDATa<o>:VCID?................... 792 SBUS<sb>:CAN:NEWList..........................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:POSition..........................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SAMPlepoint........................763 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SCALe..........................767 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SIC:HYSTeresis........................764 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SIC:THReshold........................765 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SOURce..........................764 SBUS<sb>:CAN:SYMBols..........................766 SBUS<sb>:CAN:TRCVmode.........................766 SBUS<sb>:CAN:TYPE..........................763 SBUS<sb>:CAN:XDATa:DBITrate......................... 765 SBUS<sb>:CAN:XDATa:SAMPlepoint......................766 SBUS<sb>:EXPResult:DETail........................
  • Page 908 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:FRENable........................735 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:IMAX..........................736 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:IMIN........................... 737 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:INVert.........................734 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:IOPerator........................737 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FILTer:RST........................... 734 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:AACCess?......................739 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ACCess?......................739 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ACOMplete?..................... 739 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ADBStart?......................740 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ADDRess?......................740 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ADEVice?......................740 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:AMODe?......................741 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:ASTart?......................741 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BCOunt?......................741 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BITRate?......................742 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:ACCess?..................742 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:ACKStart?..................742 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:COMPlete?..................743 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:STARt?..................... 743 SBUS<sb>:I2C:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:VALue?.....................743...
  • Page 909 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:ERENable........................804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FIENable........................804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle....................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT....................803 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX..................803 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN..................803 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator................804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle..................804 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX..................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN..................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator..................806 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:FRENable........................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IMAX..........................805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IMIN........................... 805 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:INVert.........................802 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:IOPerator........................806 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FILTer:RST........................... 802 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BITRate?......................807 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:COUNt?....................808 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:FVALue?...................808 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:LABel?....................808 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:STATe?..................... 807 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:BYTE<o>:VALue?.....................807 SBUS<sb>:LIN:FRAMe<fr>:CSValue?......................
  • Page 910 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ENABle........................715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERENable........................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FIENable........................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle....................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT................... 715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX..................716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN..................716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator................716 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle..................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX..................718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN..................718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator................. 718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:FRENable........................717 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IMAX..........................718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IMIN...........................718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:INVert........................714 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:IOPerator........................718 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FILTer:RST........................... 715 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:BITRate?......................721 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:COUNt?......................721 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:DATA?.......................722 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:STARt?......................722 SBUS<sb>:SPI:FRAMe<fr>:STATus?......................
  • Page 911 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:CHKall........................816 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:CHKall........................817 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:CLR........................817 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:CLR........................817 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DMAX........................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DMIN........................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:DOPerator......................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:ERENable.......................820 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................820 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FIENable........................ 821 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle....................821 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT..................818 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX..................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN..................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator................819 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle................. 821 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX..................821 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN..................820 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IOPerator................820 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:FRENable.......................821 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:FILTer:IMAX........................821...
  • Page 912 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SCLK:THReshold......................814 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SDATa:HYSTeresis......................814 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SDATa:SOURce........................ 815 SBUS<sb>:SPMI:SDATa:THReshold......................815 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FCOunt?...........................835 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:BIT.........................831 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:CHKall........................830 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:CLR........................831 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:DMAX........................832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:DMIN........................832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:DOPerator......................832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:ERENable......................833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FIENable....................... 833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:ENABle....................835 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:BIT..................831 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMAX.................. 832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DMIN..................832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:DOPerator................832 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:ENABle................833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMAX..................833 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FILTer:FRAMe<fr>:FLD<fl>:IMIN..................
  • Page 913 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:STOP?......................842 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:TPLenth?...................... 843 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:FRAMe<fr>:TYPE?......................843 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:HYSTeresis........................828 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:NEWList........................... 829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:POSition........................... 828 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:SCALe..........................828 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:SOURce........................... 828 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:SYMBols.......................... 829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:THReshold:LOWer......................829 SBUS<sb>:TNOS:THReshold:UPPer......................829 SBUS<sb>:TYPE............................704 SBUS<sb>:UART:BITRate..........................747 SBUS<sb>:UART:BORDer..........................747 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:BIT......................... 758 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:CHKall........................755 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:CLR........................755 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:DMAX........................758 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:DMIN........................757 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:DOPerator......................757 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:ERENable......................757 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:ERRor<n>:ENABle....................757 SBUS<sb>:UART:FILTer:FIENable........................759...
  • Page 914 MXO 4 Series List of commands SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:POSition........................752 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:SCALe.........................752 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:SOURce........................751 SBUS<sb>:UART:TX:THReshold........................751 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:BITRate?....................... 759 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:COUNt?......................760 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:RXValue?.......................760 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:SOURce?...................... 760 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:STARt?......................761 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:STATe?......................761 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:STOP?......................761 SBUS<sb>:UART:WORD<w>:TXValue?....................... 762 SBUS<sb>[:STATe]............................703 SENSe[:ROSCillator]:OUTPut[:ENABle]......................539 SENSe[:ROSCillator]:SOURce........................539 SERVice:REPort............................504 SINGle................................505 STATus:OPERation:CONDition?........................877 STATus:OPERation:ENABle.......................... 877 STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?........................877 STATus:PRESet.............................876...
  • Page 915 MXO 4 Series List of commands STATus:QUEStionable:MARGin[:EVENt]?....................880 STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:CONDition?....................... 880 STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:ENABle......................881 STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:NTRansition.......................882 STATus:QUEStionable:PLL:PTRansition.......................882 STATus:QUEStionable:PLL[:EVENt]?......................880 STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:CONDition?....................880 STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:ENABle....................881 STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:NTRansition..................... 882 STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply:PTRansition..................... 883 STATus:QUEStionable:PPSupply[:EVENt]?....................880 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:CONDition?..................880 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:ENABle....................881 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:NTRansition..................882 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature:PTRansition..................883 STATus:QUEStionable:TEMPerature[:EVENt]?.....................880 STOP................................505 SYSTem:APUP.............................. 504 SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET[:HOSTname]....................485 SYSTem:DATE...............................485 SYSTem:DISPlay:MESSage:STATe......................484 SYSTem:DISPlay:MESSage[:TEXT]......................485 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate..........................484 SYSTem:EXIT..............................486...
  • Page 916 MXO 4 Series List of commands TRIGger:ANEDge:CUToff:LOWPass......................546 TRIGger:ANEDge:FILTer..........................545 TRIGger:ANEDge:LEVel..........................545 TRIGger:ANEDge:NREJect........................... 546 TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus:CONDition?..................880 TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus:ENABle..................... 881 TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus:PTRansition..................882 TRIGger:ANEDge:OVERload:STATus[:EVENt]..................... 880 TRIGger:CAN:ACKerror..........................773 TRIGger:CAN:BITSterror..........................773 TRIGger:CAN:CRCerror..........................773 TRIGger:CAN:DCONdition..........................769 TRIGger:CAN:DLC............................770 TRIGger:CAN:DLCCondition......................... 770 TRIGger:CAN:DMIN............................769 TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:BRS..........................773 TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:DPOSition........................770 TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:ESI..........................774 TRIGger:CAN:FDATa:SCERror........................772 TRIGger:CAN:FORMerror..........................
  • Page 917 MXO 4 Series List of commands TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:LEVel<n>[:VALue]....................... 541 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:ANALog:CHAN<n>:HLX..............563 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:DIGital:CHAN<n>:HLX..............564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic................. 564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:LOGic..................... 564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:PATTern:QUALify:SOURces..................564 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:DELTa....................... 550 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:POLarity......................550 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:RANGe......................551 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:RUNT:WIDTh.......................551 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:CSOurce:EDGE................... 560 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:CSOurce:LEVel....................560 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:CSOurce[:VALue]..................560 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:HTIMe......................561 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SETHold:STIMe......................561 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:DELTa.......................558 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:RANGe......................558 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:RATE........................559 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SLEW:SLOPe......................559 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:SOURce........................542 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:ANALog:CHAN<n>:HLX..............561 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:DIGital:CHAN<n>:HLX..............563 TRIGger:EVENt<ev>:STATe:QUALify:DIGital:LOGic..................
  • Page 918 MXO 4 Series List of commands TRIGger:I2C:ADNack............................ 731 TRIGger:I2C:AMODe.............................731 TRIGger:I2C:DCONdition..........................731 TRIGger:I2C:DMIN............................732 TRIGger:I2C:DPOSition..........................732 TRIGger:I2C:DRNack............................ 732 TRIGger:I2C:DWNack........................... 732 TRIGger:I2C:TYPE............................729 TRIGger:LFReject............................571 TRIGger:LIN:CHKSerror..........................799 TRIGger:LIN:DCONdition..........................799 TRIGger:LIN:DMIN............................799 TRIGger:LIN:DPOSition..........................799 TRIGger:LIN:ICONdition..........................800 TRIGger:LIN:IMAX............................800 TRIGger:LIN:IMIN............................800 TRIGger:LIN:IPERror.............................800 TRIGger:LIN:SYERror........................... 801 TRIGger:LIN:TYPE............................798 TRIGger:MEVents:AEVents...........................542 TRIGger:MEVents:MODE..........................540 TRIGger:MEVents:SEQuence<se>:COUNt....................543...
  • Page 919 MXO 4 Series List of commands WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen:SRATe......................872 WGENerator<wg>:ARBGen[:SOURce]......................872 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling:AMPLitude...................... 875 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling:PHASeshift..................... 875 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling:STATe......................874 WGENerator<wg>:COUPling[:FREQuency]....................875 WGENerator<wg>:FREQuency........................857 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion:PULSe[:WIDTh]....................858 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion:RAMP[:SYMMetry]..................858 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion[:SELect]......................858 WGENerator<wg>:FUNCtion[:SQUare]:DCYCle...................859 WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:CONDition?..................880 WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:ENABle....................881 WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:NTRansition..................882 WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus:PTRansition..................882 WGENerator<wg>:GOVerload:STATus[:EVENt]....................880 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:DCYCle....................863 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:DEPTh....................863 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:FREQuency...................864 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM:SYMMetry..................... 864 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:AM[:FUNCtion].................... 864 WGENerator<wg>:MODulation:CARRier:FREQuency..................865...
  • Page 920 MXO 4 Series List of commands WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus:ENABle..................881 WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus:NTRansition................. 882 WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus:PTRansition................. 882 WGENerator<wg>:TEMPerature:STATus[:EVENt]..................880 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:DCLevel......................860 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:HIGH........................860 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:INVersion......................861 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:LOW.........................861 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage:OFFSet......................861 WGENerator<wg>:VOLTage[:VPP]........................862 WGENerator<wg>[:ENABle].......................... 862 User Manual 1335.5337.02 ─ 07...

  • Page 921: Index

    MXO 4 Series Index Index Symbols Cursor key ................. 45 Cursor measurements 10BASE-T1S Envelope waveform ..........212 Configuring ............... 420 How to ............... 208 Peak search .............. 215 Results ..............207 Cursors ................62 Acquisition Configuring display ........... 209 Single, multiple ............ 40, 112 Configuring measurement ........
  • Page 922 MXO 4 Series Index ESR (Event Status Register) ........... 466 Identification EVENt ................464 Remote ..............480 Event Status Enable register (ESE) ........ 466 Infinite persistence ............90 Event Status Register (ESR) ........... 466 Info ..................52 Expressions ..............186 Information on instrument ..........
  • Page 923 MXO 4 Series Index Measurement ..............63 I²C decode results ............. 348 Add ................218 I²C trigger settings ............ 344 Menu ................53, 54 LIN decode results ............ 401 Minimized waveform ............57 SPI configuration settings ......... 322 Mixed signal option ............422 SPI trigger settings ...........
  • Page 924 MXO 4 Series Index Screenshot Temperature Saving ............... 310 Changes ..............99 Screenshots ..............307 Text entry ................65 Meta information ............307 Thresholds Search ................54 MSO settings ............424 Secured environment ............889 Time base ................41 Select Time scale ................. 41 Waveform ..............57...
  • Page 925 MXO 4 Series Index UART ................354 Basics ............... 354 Configuring ............... 365 Decode results ............363 Triggering ..............367 Undo ..................61 Unlock touchscreen ............46 Upload data ..............457 Connector ..............36 Device ................. 39 User manual ..............26 Vertical Controls ..............

This manual is also suitable for:

Mxo4-k36Mxo4-k31Mxo4-k510Mxo4-k520Mxo4-k550Mxo4-k560 ... Show all

Table of Contents

Save PDF